Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012
Commission File Number 000-49602

SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	 	77-0118518	
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)	 	(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	
 	 	
3120 Scott Blvd.
Santa Clara, California	 	95054	
(Address of principal executive offices)	 	(Zip Code)	
(408) 454-5100
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	 	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights	 	The Nasdaq Global Select Market
The Nasdaq Global Select Market	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	  	x	 	Accelerated filer	 	¨	
 	 	 	 	
Non-accelerated filer	  	¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	 	Smaller reporting company	 	¨	
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x
The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant (25,261,060 shares), based on the closing price of the registrant’s Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on December 30, 2011 of $30.15, was $761,620,959. For purposes of this computation, all officers, directors, and 10% beneficial owners of the registrant are deemed to be affiliates. Such determination should not be deemed to be an admission that such officers, directors, or 10% beneficial owners are, in fact, affiliates of the registrant.
As of August 13, 2012, there were outstanding 33,004,709 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, par value $.001 per share.

Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

Table of Contents
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FISCAL 2012
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
ITEM 1. BUSINESS	  	 	1	  	
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS	  	 	18	  	
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	  	 	35	  	
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES	  	 	35	  	
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	  	 	35	  	
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	  	 	35	  	
 	 	
PART II	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	  	 	36	  	
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	  	 	39	  	
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	  	 	40	  	
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	  	 	52	  	
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	  	 	53	  	
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	  	 	53	  	
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	  	 	53	  	
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION	  	 	54	  	
 	 	
PART III	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	  	 	55	  	
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	  	 	55	  	
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	  	 	55	  	
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	  	 	55	  	
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	  	 	55	  	
 	 	
PART IV	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	  	 	56	  	
SIGNATURES	  	 	58	  	
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	  	 	F-1	  	
Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
The statements contained in this report on Form 10-K that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of applicable securities laws. Forward-looking statements include statements regarding our “expectations,” “anticipation,” “intentions,” “beliefs,” or “strategies” regarding the future, whether or not those words are used. Forward-looking statements also include statements regarding revenue, margins, expenses, and earnings analysis for fiscal 2013 and thereafter; our positioning in our target markets; our ability to continue to enhance our market position and increase our business through introducing market leading interface solutions; the strength of our intellectual property portfolio, engineering know-how, systems engineering experience, and technological expertise; the success of our product development strategies; the attractiveness of our product solutions, including their performance, cost, customer satisfaction, market position, and potential; continued success of our virtual manufacturing platform; the strength of our customer relationships; the amounts of revenue generated as a result of sales to significant customers; our competitive position and competitive factors; acquisitions or strategic alliances; the success of particular product or marketing programs; and liquidity and anticipated cash needs and availability. All forward-looking statements included in this report are based on information available to us as of the filing date of this report, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from the forward-looking statements. Among the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are the factors discussed in Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Table of Contents
PART I
 
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	
Overview
We are a leading worldwide developer and supplier of custom-designed human interface solutions that enable people to interact more easily and intuitively with a wide variety of mobile computing, communications, entertainment, and other electronic devices. We currently target the personal computer, or PC, market, primarily notebook computers, including ultrabooks; the markets for digital lifestyle products, including mobile smartphones and feature phones; the tablet market; and other select electronic device markets with our customized human interface solutions.
We are a market leader in providing human interface solutions to our target markets. Our original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, customers include most of the tier one PC OEMs and many of the world’s largest OEMs for mobile smartphones and feature phones. We generally supply our human interface solutions to our OEM customers through their contract manufacturers, which take delivery of our products and pay us directly for them.
Our website is www.synaptics.com. Through our website, we make available free of charge all of our Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, filings, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, our proxy statements, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and our current reports on Form 8-K as well as Form 3, Form 4, and Form 5 Reports for our directors, officers, and principal stockholders, together with amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a), 15(d), or 16 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These reports are available immediately after their electronic filing with the SEC. Our website also includes corporate governance information, including our Code of Conduct, our Code of Ethics for the CEO and Senior Financial Officers, and our Board Committee Charters.
Our fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Saturday in June. The fiscal years presented in this report were a 53-week period ended June 30, 2012, and 52-week periods ended June 25, 2011 and June 26, 2010.
PC Market
We provide custom human interface solutions for navigation, cursor control, and multimedia controls for many of the world’s premier PC OEMs. In addition to notebook applications, other PC product applications for our technology include peripherals, such as keyboards, mice, and monitors, as well as remote control devices for desktops, PCs, and digital home applications. Our solutions for the PC market include the TouchPad™, a touch-sensitive pad that senses the position and movement of a person’s finger on its surface; the ClickPad™, a TouchPad application that eliminates the need for physical buttons; the ForcePad™, a ClickPad that is thinner than conventional touchpads and provides for force sensitivity; the TouchStyk™, a self-contained, easily integrated pointing stick module; and dual pointing solutions that combine both a TouchPad and a pointing stick into a single notebook computer, enabling users to use the interface of their choice.
The latest industry projections for notebook unit growth for the period 2012 through 2016 show a compound annual growth rate of 12% compared with an increase of 2% for desktop computers, reflecting the continued migration from desktops to notebooks fueled by users’ desire for mobile computing and on-the-go access to applications, information, and digital content. Based on the strength of our technology and engineering know-how, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of the growth opportunity in the notebook computer market. We believe we are well positioned within the notebook computer market as our product lines of touch pads and pointing sticks allow us to address 100% of the notebook computer market.
Digital Lifestyle Product Markets
We believe our intellectual property portfolio, engineering know-how, systems engineering experience, technological expertise, experience in providing human interface solutions to major OEMs of electronic devices, and proven track record of growth in our expanding notebook computer interface business position us to be a key technological enabler for multiple consumer electronic devices targeted to meet the growing digital lifestyle trend. Based on these strengths, we are addressing the opportunities created by the growth of mobile computing communications and entertainment devices within the digital lifestyle product markets, particularly mobile smartphones and feature phones. Digital lifestyle products include mobile smartphones and feature phones, video and music players, and global positioning devices, as well as a variety of mobile, handheld, wireless, and entertainment devices. Our array of human interface solutions for digital lifestyle products are designed to enrich the interface on peripherals, mobile smartphones, and feature phones, allowing the user to more easily use or navigate complex menu systems on their devices. We believe our existing technologies, our range of product solutions, and our emphasis on ease of use, small size, low power consumption, advanced functionality, durability, and reliability enable us to serve multiple aspects of the markets for digital lifestyle products and other electronic devices.
 
1

Table of Contents
Our human interface solutions for the mobile smartphone and feature phone market constitutes an important percentage of our net revenue. Net revenue for our human interface solutions for mobile smartphones and feature phones accounted for approximately 49% and 51% of our net revenue in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our ongoing success in serving this market will depend upon the continued growth of the mobile smartphone and feature phone portion of the overall mobile phone market; our ability to demonstrate to mobile phone OEMs the advantages of our human interface solutions in terms of performance, usability, size, durability, power consumption, integration, and industrial design possibilities; and the success of products utilizing our human interface solutions. In addition, our success will depend on our ability to demonstrate to mobile smartphone OEMs the advantages of our flexible touchscreen fulfillment model and systems engineering expertise.
Industry projections for the mobile smartphone market for the period 2012 through 2016 show a compound annual growth rate of 18%, reflecting the trend towards greater functionality in mobile smartphone products to meet and address the expanded needs and expectations of the consumer-oriented market. These products require a simple, durable, and intuitive human interface solution to enable the user to navigate efficiently through menus and scroll through information contained in the host device. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of this growing market based on our technology, engineering know-how, systems engineering experience, and the acceptance of our human interface solutions by OEMs in this market.
Tablet Market
The tablet market represents a new opportunity for our touchscreen intellectual property portfolio, engineering know-how, and technological expertise. Touchscreen solutions required for the tablet market range from basic e-book vendor solutions to multi-function solutions designed for more complex operating systems. Our ClearPad Series 7 product family is specifically targeted for this market, and its features and functionality can be customized to OEM specifications. Tablet-based capacitive touch interface devices are now offered by several leading PC and mobile phone OEMs and utilize various operating systems, including Android and Windows 8.
Our Strategy
Our objective is to continue to enhance our position as a leading supplier of human interface solutions for the PC market, including ultrabooks, for the markets for digital lifestyle products, including mobile smartphones and feature phones, and for the developing tablet market. Key aspects of our strategy to achieve this objective include those set forth below.
Extend Our Technological Leadership
We plan to utilize our extensive intellectual property portfolio, engineering know-how, and technological expertise to extend the functionality of our product solutions and offer innovative product solutions to customers across multiple markets. We intend to continue utilizing our technological expertise to reduce the overall size, weight, cost, and power consumption of our human interface solutions while increasing their applications, capabilities, and performance. We plan to continue enhancing the ease of use and functionality of our solutions. We also plan to expand our research and development efforts through increased investment in our engineering activities, the hiring of additional engineering personnel, and strategic acquisitions and alliances. We believe that these efforts will enable us to meet customer expectations and to achieve our goal of supplying on a timely and cost-effective basis the most advanced, easy-to-use, functional human interface solutions to our target markets.
Enhance Our Position in the PC and Mobile Smartphone and Feature Phone Markets
We intend to continue introducing market-leading human interface solutions in terms of performance, functionality, size, and ease of use for the PC and mobile smartphone and feature phone markets. We plan to continue enhancing our customers’ industrial design alternatives and device functionality through innovative product development based on our existing capabilities and technological advances.
 
2

Table of Contents
Capitalize on Growth of New Markets
We intend to capitalize on the growth of new markets, such as the tablet market and the ultrabook portion of the PC market, brought about by the convergence of computing, communications, and entertainment devices. We plan to offer innovative, intuitive human interface solutions that address the evolving portability, connectivity, and functionality requirements of these new markets. We plan to offer these solutions to existing and potential OEM customers to enable increased functionality, reduced size, lower cost, and enhanced industrial design features and to enhance the user experience of their products. We plan to utilize our existing technologies as well as aggressively pursue new technologies as new markets evolve that demand new solutions.
Emphasize and Expand Customer Relationships
We plan to emphasize and expand our strong and long-lasting customer relationships and to establish successful relationships with new customers. In each market we serve, we plan to provide the most advanced human interface solutions for our customers’ products. We believe that our human interface solutions enable our customers to deliver a positive user experience and to differentiate their products from those of their competitors. We continually strive to enhance the competitive position of our customers by providing them with innovative, distinctive, and high-quality human interface solutions in a timely and cost-effective basis. To do so, we work continually to improve our productivity, to reduce costs, and to speed the delivery of our human interface solutions. We endeavor to streamline the entire design and delivery process through our ongoing design, engineering, and production improvement efforts. We also focus on providing timely support to our customers after the purchase of our human interface solutions.
We plan to increase our business with existing customers and attract new customers by offering both custom designed solutions, as well as design tools, documentation, a family of capacitive sensing ASICs, and technical support to enable them to develop their own human interface designs in products such as mobile smartphones and feature phones, tablets, ultrabooks, PC peripherals, and other digital entertainment devices. We offer our mobile smartphone and feature phone customers a choice of determining the most optimal way to meet their emerging and growing needs: our traditional custom module solutions or our chip or tail solutions, which enable customers to utilize our proprietary solutions together with third-party components and assembly. Our chip solution consists of our proprietary controller ASIC, customer-specific firmware, and software. Our tail solution consists of our proprietary controller ASIC, associated electronics, customer-specific firmware, software, and flexible circuit material.
Pursue Strategic Relationships and Acquisitions
We intend to develop and expand strategic relationships to enhance our ability to offer value-added human interface solutions to our customers, penetrate new markets, and strengthen the technological leadership of our product solutions. We also intend to consider the potential acquisition of companies in order to expand our technological expertise and to establish or strengthen our presence in selected target markets.
Continue Virtual Manufacturing
We plan to expand and diversify our production capacity through third-party relationships, thereby strengthening our virtual manufacturing platform. This strategy results in a scalable business model; enables us to concentrate on our core competencies of research and development, technological advances, and product design and engineering; and reduces our capital expenditures and working capital requirements. Our virtual manufacturing strategy allows us to maintain a variable cost model, in which we do not incur most of our manufacturing costs until our product solutions have been shipped and billed to our customers.
Product Solutions
We develop and enhance interface technologies that enrich the user’s experience in interacting with the user’s mobile computing, communications, and entertainment devices. We engage with our customers in the design of their custom products and offer product solutions ranging from ASICs, which may include customer-specific firmware, to full module solutions. Our innovative and intuitive human interface solutions can be engineered to accommodate many diverse platforms and our expertise in human factors and usability can be utilized to improve the features and functionality of our solutions. Our extensive array of technologies includes ASICs, firmware, software, mechanical and electrical designs, and pattern recognition and touch-sensing technologies.
 
3

Table of Contents
Our custom-designed human interface solutions are custom engineered, total solutions for our customers, and include sensor design, module layout, ASICs, firmware, and software features for which we provide manufacturing and design support, and device testing. This allows us to be a one-stop supplier for complete human interface design from the early design stage, to manufacturing, to testing and support. Through our engineering know-how and technological expertise, we seek to provide our customers with solutions that address their individual design issues and result in high-performance, feature-rich, and reliable interface solutions. We believe our interface solutions offer the following characteristics:
 
 	•	 	Ease of Use. Our interface solutions offer the ease of use and intuitive interaction that users demand.	
 
 	•	 	Small Size. The small, thin size of our interface solutions enables our customers to reduce the overall size and weight of their products in order to satisfy consumer demand for portability.	
 
 	•	 	Low Power Consumption. The low power consumption of our interface solutions enables our customers to offer products with longer battery life or smaller battery size.	
 
 	•	 	Advanced Functionality. Our interface solutions offer advanced features, such as virtual scrolling, customizable tap zones, edge motion, and tapping and dragging icons, to enhance the user experience.	
 
 	•	 	Reliability. The reliability of our interface solutions satisfies consumer requirements for dependability, which is a major component of consumer satisfaction.	
 
 	•	 	Durability. Our interface solutions withstand repeated use, harsh physical treatment, and temperature fluctuations while providing a superior level of performance.	
We believe these characteristics will enable us to maintain our leadership position in the PC market and to enhance our position as a technological enabler within the markets for digital lifestyle products, including mobile smartphones and feature phones, as well as the tablet market and the ultrabook portion of the PC market.
Our human interface solutions are intended to satisfy our customers’ specification needs, including features and functionality, industrial design, mechanical, and electrical requirements. Our products also offer unique integration options, including allowing our capacitive sensors to be placed underneath the plastic of the device, which allows for streamlined and stylized designs, and LED integration to indicate status or enhance industrial design.
Our emphasis on technological leadership and design capabilities positions us to provide unique human interface solutions that address specific customer requirements. Our long-term working relationships with large, global OEMs provide us with experience in satisfying their demanding design specifications and other requirements. Our custom product solutions provide OEMs with numerous benefits, including the following:
 
 	•	 	system integration;	
 
 	•	 	reduced product development costs;	
 
 	•	 	shorter product time to market;	
 
 	•	 	compact and efficient platforms;	
 
 	•	 	improved product functionality and utility; and	
 
 	•	 	product differentiation.	
We work with our customers in order to meet their technical and functional specifications, their industrial design requirements, and their desire to differentiate their products from those of their competitors. This collaborative effort reduces the duplication and overlap of investment and resources, enabling our OEM customers to devote more time and resources to the market development of their products.
 
4

Table of Contents
We utilize capacitive technology rather than resistive or mechanical technology in our product solutions. Unlike resistive and mechanical technology, our solid-state capacitive technology has no moving parts and does not require activation force, thereby providing a durable, more reliable solution that can be integrated into both curved and flat surfaces. Capacitive technologies also allow for much thinner sensors than resistive or mechanical technology, providing for slimmer, more compact and unique industrial designs.
Products
Our family of product solutions allows our customers to solve their interface needs and differentiate their products from those of their competitors.
TouchPad
Our TouchPad, which takes the place and exceeds the functionality of a mouse, is a small, touch-sensitive pad that senses the position and movement of one or more fingers on its surface through the measurement of capacitance. Our TouchPad provides an accurate, comfortable, and reliable method for screen navigation, cursor movement, and gestures and provides a platform for interactive input for both the consumer and corporate markets. Our TouchPad solutions allow our customers to provide stylish, simple, user-friendly, and intuitive human interface solutions. Our TouchPad solutions offer various advanced features, including the following:
 
 	•	 	Scrolling. Our TouchPad permits the user to customize the scrolling feature as One Finger Scrolling, Two-Finger Scrolling, or ChiralMotion™ Scrolling based on their preference.	
 
 	•	 	Customizable tap zones. These zones permit designated portions of the TouchPad to be used to simulate mouse clicks, launch applications, and perform other selected functions.	
 
 	•	 	Performance of entertainment, productivity, and media tasks. Our Scrybe™ enables the user to quickly perform common entertainment, productivity, and media tasks using simple, easy-to-remember gestures on the TouchPad. Scrybe can be downloaded free-of-charge and used with most of our modern TouchPad sensors.	
 
 	•	 	Tapping and dragging of icons. This feature allows the user to simply tap and hold on an icon in order to drag it, rather than being forced to hold a button down in order to drag an icon.	
 
 	•	 	Device interaction. Our Gesture Suite™ provides users with a customizable way to address productivity and to interact with their notebook systems through the TouchPad. Some of these gestures include Pinch for Zoom, Rotate, Three-Finger Flick, and many others.	
Our TouchPad solutions are available in a variety of sizes, electrical interfaces, and thicknesses. Our TouchPad solutions are designed to meet the electrical and mechanical specifications of our customers. Customized firmware and driver software ensure the availability of specialized features. As a result of their solid state characteristics, our TouchPad solutions have no moving parts that wear out, resulting in a robust and reliable input solution that also allows for unique industrial designs.
ClickPad
Our ClickPad introduces a clickable mechanical design to the TouchPad application that eliminates the need for physical buttons. The buttonless design of our ClickPad allows for unique, intuitive industrial design and makes it an excellent alternative to conventional input and navigation devices. Our ClickPad is activated by pressing down on the internal tact switch to perform a left-button or right-button clicks and provides tactile feedback similar to pressing a physical button. The latest version of ClickPad features ClickEQ, a mechanical solution that provides uniform click depth to maximize the surface area available for gestures and improve click performance over hinged designs.
ForcePad
Our ForcePad is a thinner version of our ClickPad, which introduces a new dimension in control through the addition of variable force sensitivity. ForcePad is designed to provide consistent performance across OEM models through its design intelligence and self-calibration features. By varying the amount of force applied, ForcePad is engineered to enable more intuitive and precise user interactions in operating system controls and applications. Designed with ultrabooks in mind, ForcePad is 40% thinner than a conventional touch pad.
 
5

Table of Contents
Dual Pointing Solutions
Our dual pointing solutions offer a TouchPad with a pointing stick in a single notebook computer, enabling users to select their interface of choice. Our dual pointing solutions also provide the end user the ability to use both interfaces interchangeably. Our dual pointing solutions provide the following advantages:
 
 	•	 	cost-effective and simplified OEM integration;	
 
 	•	 	simplified OEM product line because one device contains both solutions;	
 
 	•	 	single-source supplier, which eliminates compatibility issues; and	
 
 	•	 	end user flexibility because one notebook can address both user preferences.	
We have developed two solutions for use in the dual pointing market. Our first solution integrates all the electronics for controlling a third-party resistive strain gauge pointing stick onto our TouchPad PCB. This solution simplifies OEM integration by eliminating the need to procure the pointing stick electronics from another party and physically integrate them into the notebook. Our second dual pointing solution uses our TouchStyk rather than a third-party pointing stick and offers the same simplified OEM integration. The second solution is a completely modular design, allowing OEMs to offer TouchPad-only, TouchStyk-only, or dual pointing solutions on a build-to-order basis.
TouchStyk
Our TouchStyk is a proprietary pointing stick interface solution for PC notebooks. TouchStyk is a self-contained, easily integrated module that uses capacitive technology similar to that of our TouchPad. TouchStyk is enabled with press-to-select and tap-to-click capabilities and can be easily integrated into multiple computing and communications devices. In addition, our design greatly reduces susceptibility to electromagnetic interference, thereby providing greater pointing accuracy and preventing the pointer from drifting when not in use. Our modular approach allows OEMs to include our TouchPad, our TouchStyk, or a combination of both interfaces (dual pointing) in their products.
NavPoint
Our NavPoint solution offers TouchPad functionality for small form factor devices for improved usability and versatility in accessing and managing content in handheld devices through unique navigation controls, including short- and long-distance scrolling features, tapping, and mouse-like cursor navigation.
ClearPad
We typically sell our ClearPad solution as a chip or tail, together with customer-specific firmware, to sensor manufacturers to use in the production of discrete touchscreen products. A discrete touchscreen product typically consists of a transparent, thin capacitive sensor that can be placed over any display, such as a Liquid Crystal Display, or LCD, or an Organic Light Emitting Diode, or OLED, and combined with a flexible circuit material and a touch controller chip. Similar to our traditional TouchPad, our ClearPad has distinct advantages, including low-profile form factor; high reliability, durability, and accuracy; and low power consumption. ClearPad enables the user to interact directly with the display on electronic devices, such as mobile smartphones and feature phones and tablets.
Our ClearPad Series 3 product family can provide full-time tracking of ten or more fingers simultaneously and features stylus support and support for various sensor configurations, including traditional discrete sensors, sensor-on-lens, which includes sensor electrodes patterned on the bottom of the glass cover lens; on-cell, which includes sensor electrodes patterned on the display glass; and in-cell, which includes sensor electrodes patterned inside the LCD glass. Our ClearPad Series 1 and 2 product families provide a low-profile form factor, high reliability, durability, accuracy, and low power consumption for feature-based and mass-market handsets.
 
6

Table of Contents
Our ClearPad Series 4 product family combines our proprietary capacitive multi-touch technology with a device’s display driver in a single-chip solution delivering advanced display noise management and improved capacitive sensing performance. Our display integration on-cell and in-cell solutions provide cost-effective, capacitive, multi-touch interfaces for mobile devices and enables thinner form factors.
Our ClearPad Series 7 product family is designed to meet the requirements of the large touchscreen market for products more closely related to clamshell notebooks, slates, tablets, and similar devices. Our ClearPad Series 7 products include low-cost, single-chip touchscreen solutions and multi-chip touchscreen solutions designed for devices that have more demanding user input requirements, such as gaming applications.
FlexPad
This capacitive sensing interface is mounted beneath a mechanical keypad and allows the keypad surface to be used for advanced scrolling and navigation features, character entry, and advanced gesture input on handheld devices. With navigation functionality similar to a touch pad, FlexPad offers interface and industrial design differentiation while improving device interaction.
ClearButtons
Our ClearButton product is an extension of our core capacitive sensing technology that has been used in TouchPad solutions for notebook PCs, mobile smartphones, and feature phones. A ClearButton is a clear sensor that can be mounted under plastic, providing OEMs with easy integration and attractive design options for scrolling and buttons.
TouchButtons
Our TouchButton product provides capacitive button and scrolling controls for an easy-to-use and stylish interface solution designed to replace mechanical buttons. Button arrays and ScrollStrips can be programmed to perform various functions, such as controls for multimedia, display and device settings in notebook PCs, multimedia keyboards, MP3 players, digital photo frames, monitors, and other digital lifestyle products. TouchButton interfaces are designed for integration under the plastic face of a device, allowing for a sealed, durable, and thin design, which can be coupled with LED animation. OEMs can incorporate TouchButtons into their products by either designing their own button controls, scrolling controls, or a combination of button and scrolling controls using an ASIC-based solution or through our custom-designed interface module.
ThinTouchTM
ThinTouch is a design technology employing an innovative ramp capability that delivers a full keyboard solution that is 40% thinner than traditional keyboard solutions. ThinTouch provides an innovative design architecture that facilitates improved backlighting, reliability, and improved manufacturability when compared to conventional mechanical keyboards. By combining our TouchPad technology with ThinTouch technology, we expect to deliver a complete keyboard solution targeted for the next generation of thin and light notebook PC form factors, including ultrabooks.
Capabilities
Our products are supported by a variety of feature capabilities allowing for further product differentiation and easy customer integration.
Design Studio™
Design Studio 4 provides customers an advanced and comprehensive touch system tool set, designed to enable the customer to evaluate touch system performance and efficiently implement its ClearPad touchscreen solution.
SignalClarity Technology
SignalClarity technology provides an improved signal-to-noise ratio for enhanced touch detection and noise immunity and enables mobile smartphone and feature phone OEMs to support inexpensive chargers and work with multiple display types. SignalClarity technology works with multidisplay configurations, including discrete sensors, sensor-on-lens, on-cell, and in-cell stackup solutions.
 
7

Table of Contents
Synaptics Gesture Suite
Our Synaptics Gesture Suite, or SGSTM, provides users with an intuitive way to interact productively with their notebook computers. SGS was developed by analyzing the most common workflows from entertainment activities, such as viewing photos and listening to music, to productivity activities, such as accessing emails and presentations. The result is an intelligent usability model that makes it intuitive for consumers to understand and discover features easily, resulting in a better user experience. SGS represents a growing portfolio of gestures available on our interface solutions. These gestures are compatible with a wide range of Microsoft Windows and Linux applications to enhance the value and productivity of notebook PCs and peripheral devices that use our TouchPads. Gestures currently in the market include Pinch, Rotate, ChiralMotion Scrolling, Two-Finger Scrolling, Three-Finger Flick, Three-Finger Down, and Four-Finger Flick.
Enhanced Gesture Recognition™
Our Enhanced Gesture Recognition is a suite of ClearPad gestures included in our firmware. Customers can easily enable SingleTouch gestures, such as Tap, Double Tap, Press, and Flick; DualTouch gestures, such as Pinch and Pivot Rotate; and multi-finger gestures for ClearPad directly from our touch module firmware. No additional recognition software is required on the host processor to implement these gestures. This approach lowers host processor resource requirements and ensures that gestures are implemented using our proven pattern-recognition technology.
Dual Mode for TouchPad
Our Dual Mode-enabled TouchPad interface allows a user to switch between cursor control and icon-based controls on the TouchPad surface. In default mode, a Dual Mode-enabled TouchPad provides the same cursor control for on-screen navigation as a standard TouchPad. When the user taps on a launch icon located on the TouchPad surface, control icons illuminate on the TouchPad surface.
Dual Mode functionality offers OEMs a variety of customization options, including tap zones for launching applications and multimedia controls, scrolling zones to adjust volume, and programmable buttons to enable end users to choose their application of choice to launch through our Dual Mode driver. To regain cursor control, the user simply taps the mode switch button and the illuminated icons disappear, allowing the user to control the cursor for on-screen navigation.
Proximity Sensing
Our proximity sensing technology enables users to interact with consumer electronics without touch. With this technology, sensors in a device, such as a notebook PC, mobile phone, peripheral, or digital photo frame, sense the presence of a user’s hand to activate a function. These sensors can illuminate LEDs for discoverable buttons, immediately wake devices from power-saving mode, or activate other functionality.
ChiralMotion Gesture
With our ChiralMotion Gesture technology, the user can apply one continuous circular motion to initiate precise and fine-tuned scrolling on any two-dimensional input surface, such as our TouchPad and ClearPad solutions.
ChiralMotion Gesture technology is well suited for small handheld products, such as feature-rich mobile handsets, personal navigation systems, and personal media players that require easy access for entertainment, music, and other digital files. Scrolling through long documents or pages on a notebook PC becomes simple when using a TouchPad enhanced with ChiralMotion and reversing the direction of scrolling simply requires the user to reverse the circular motion of their finger.
 
8

Table of Contents
InterTouch
Our InterTouch utilizes a high bandwidth internal subsystem to communicate commands between the touch pad and the host processor enabling Multi-Touch “Full-Time Finger Tracking,” for a better finger gesture-based user experience. InterTouch enhances the performance of our image-sensing TouchPad products, which can provide full-time tracking of ten or more fingers simultaneously, and is not possible with a lower-speed legacy PS/2 interface. InterTouch uses existing industry standard, higher-speed subsystem interfaces, which will be available to any OEM and any touch pad provider. Additional InterTouch capabilities include the following:
 
 	•	 	Cross Platform and Brands. Our InterTouch will work with all of our TouchPads and ClickPads.	
 
 	•	 	Enhanced Gestures. This feature allows multi-finger gesture tracking and counting.	
 
 	•	 	Re-flash/Re-programmability. Our InterTouch substantially increases data throughput, which provides fast re-flash times.	
Our InterTouch is designed for full compatibility with current and future Windows platforms, and we anticipate it also will be supported on Linux-based platforms in future releases.
Technologies
We have developed and own an extensive array of technologies, encompassing ASICs, firmware, software, mechanical and electrical designs, display systems, pattern recognition, and touch-sensing technologies. With 127 U.S. patents in force and 171 U.S. patents pending, as well as many non-U.S. counterparts, we continue to develop technology in these areas. We believe these technologies and the related intellectual property rights create barriers for competitors and allow us to provide human interface solutions in a variety of high-growth markets.
Our broad line of human interface solutions currently is based upon the following key technologies:
 
 	•	 	capacitive position sensing technology;	
 
 	•	 	capacitive force sensing technology;	
 
 	•	 	transparent capacitive position sensing technology;	
 
 	•	 	pattern recognition technology;	
 
 	•	 	mixed-signal integrated circuit technology;	
 
 	•	 	display systems and circuit technology;	
 
 	•	 	multi-touch technology;	
 
 	•	 	proprietary microcontroller technology; and	
 
 	•	 	ThinTouch technology.	
In addition to these technologies, we develop firmware and device driver software that we incorporate into our products, which provide unique features, such as virtual scrolling, customizable tap zones, PalmCheck, EdgeMotion, and tapping and dragging of icons. In addition, our ability to integrate all of our products to interface with major operating systems, including Windows, Android, Google Chrome, Unix, and Linux, provides us with a competitive advantage.
Capacitive Position Sensing Technology. This technology provides a method for sensing the presence, position, and contact area of one or more fingers or a stylus on a flat or curved surface. Our technology works with very light touch, supports full multi-touch capabilities, and provides highly responsive cursor navigation, scrolling, and selection. It uses no moving parts, can be implemented under plastic, and is extremely durable.
 
9

Table of Contents
Capacitive Force Sensing Technology. This technology senses the direction and magnitude of a force applied to an object. The object can either move when force is applied, like a typical joystick used for gaming applications, or it can be isometric, with no perceptible motion during use, like our TouchStyk. The primary competition for this technology is resistive strain gauge technology. Resistive strain gauge technology requires electronics that can sense very small changes in resistance, presenting challenges to the design of that circuitry, including sensitivity to electrical noise and interference. Our electronic circuitry determines the magnitude and direction of an applied force, permits very accurate sensing of tiny changes in capacitance, and minimizes electrical interference from other sources.
Transparent Capacitive Position Sensing Technology. This technology allows us to build transparent sensors for use with our capacitive position sensing technology, such as in our ClearPad. It has all the advantages of our capacitive position sensing technology and allows for visual feedback when incorporated with a display device, such as an LCD. Our technology supports full multi-touch, does not require calibration, does not produce undesirable internal reflections, and has reduced power requirements, allowing for longer battery life.
Pattern Recognition Technology. This technology is a set of software algorithms and techniques for converting real-world data, such as gestures and handwriting, into a digital form that can be recognized and manipulated within a computer. Our technology provides reliable gesture decoding and handwriting recognition, and can be used in other applications such as signature verification for a richer user experience.
Mixed-Signal Integrated Circuit Technology. This hybrid analog-digital integrated circuit technology combines the power of digital computation with the ability to interface with non-digital, real-world signals, such as the position of a finger or stylus on a surface. Our patented design techniques permit us to utilize this technology to optimize our core ASIC engine for all our products. Our mixed-signal technology consists of a broad portfolio of circuit expertise in areas such as the following:
 
 	•	 	precision capacitance measurement	
 
 	•	 	power management (switching converters, charge pumps, and Low-dropout regulators (“LDOs”))	
 
 	•	 	analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog converters	
 
 	•	 	LCD source and Vcom drivers	
 
 	•	 	high-speed serial interfaces	
 
 	•	 	display timing controllers (“TCONs”)	
 
 	•	 	SRAM, DRAM, and non-volatile memories	
 
 	•	 	VLSI digital circuits with multiple clock and power domains	
 
 	•	 	communications and signal processing circuits	
Display Systems and Circuit Technology. This technology enables us to develop optimized human interface solutions with improved compatibility with their application environments. This technology consists of mobile and large format display semiconductor expertise, including the following functional blocks:
 
 	•	 	TCONs	
 
 	•	 	TFT gamma references	
 
 	•	 	Vcom drivers	
 
 	•	 	source drivers	
 
 	•	 	high-speed serial interfaces such as MIPI DSI and Qualcomm MDDI	
 
 	•	 	display power circuits such as inductive switchers, charge pumps, and LDOs	
 
10

Table of Contents
This technology also enables us to develop advanced products that combine the functions of the display and touch sensing systems to enable highly integrated display and touch functionality with improved performance, thinner form factors, and lower system cost.
Proprietary Microcontroller Technology. One example of this technology is our proprietary 16-bit microcontroller core that is embedded in the digital portion of our mixed signal ASIC, which allows us to optimize our ASIC for position sensing tasks. Our embedded microcontroller provides great flexibility in customizing our products via firmware, which eliminates the need to design new circuitry for each new application.
Competing Technology
Many human interface solutions currently utilize resistive sensing technology. Resistive sensing technology consists of a flexible membrane above a flat, rigid, electrically conductive surface. When finger or stylus pressure is applied to the membrane, it deforms until it makes contact with the rigid layer below, at which point attached electronics can determine the position of the finger or stylus. Since the flexible membrane is a moving part, it is susceptible to mechanical wear and will eventually suffer degraded performance. Due to the way that such resistive position sensors work, it is not possible for them to detect more than a single finger or stylus at any given time. The positional accuracy of a resistive sensor is limited by the uniformity of the resistive coating as well as by the mechanics of the flexible membrane. Finally, using resistive technology over displays, like LCDs, results in reduced display brightness, requiring the use of higher power backlighting and thereby reducing the battery life of the device.
Research and Development
We conduct ongoing research and development programs that focus on advancing our technologies, developing new products, improving design and manufacturing processes, and enhancing the quality and performance of our product solutions. Our goal is to provide our customers with innovative solutions that address their needs and improve their competitive positions. Our research and development focuses on advancing our existing interface technologies, improving our current product solutions, and expanding our technologies to serve new markets. Our long-term vision is to offer human interface solutions, such as touch, handwriting, vision, and voice capabilities, that can be readily incorporated into varied electronic devices.
Our research and development programs focus on the development of accurate, easy to use, reliable, and intuitive human interfaces for electronic devices. We believe our innovative interface technologies can be applied to many diverse products. We believe the interface is a key factor in the differentiation of these products. We believe that our interface technologies enable us to provide customers with product solutions that have significant advantages over alternative technologies in terms of functionality, size, power consumption, durability, and reliability. We also intend to pursue strategic relationships and acquisitions to enhance our research and development capabilities, leverage our technology, and shorten our time to market with new technological applications.
Our research, design, and engineering teams frequently work directly with our customers to design custom solutions for specific applications. We focus on enabling our customers to overcome technical barriers and enhance the performance of their products. We believe our engineering know-how and electronic systems expertise provide significant benefits to our customers by enabling them to concentrate on their core competencies of production and marketing.
As of the end of fiscal 2012, we employed 461 people in our technology, engineering, and product design functions in the United States, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Korea, Japan, and China. Our research and development expenses were approximately $118.0 million, $105.0 million, and $86.6 million in fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
Intellectual Property Rights
Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our ability to maintain the proprietary aspects of our technologies and products. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, confidentiality agreements, and other contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property, but these measures may provide only limited protection. Our research, design, and engineering teams frequently work directly with our OEM customers to design custom solutions for specific applications.
 
11

Table of Contents
We hold 127 U.S. patents in force and have 171 U.S. patents pending, as well as many non-U.S. counterparts to the U.S. patents and U.S. patents pending. Collectively, these patents and patents pending cover various aspects of our key technologies, including touch sensing, pen sensing, handwriting recognition, customizable tap zones, edge motion, and virtual scrolling technologies. Our proprietary software is protected by copyright laws and the source code for our proprietary software is protected under applicable trade secret laws.
Our extensive array of technologies includes ASICs, firmware, software, and pattern recognition and position sensing technologies. Our products rely on a combination of these technologies, making it difficult to use any single technology as the basis for replicating our products. Furthermore, the length and customization of the customer design cycle serve to protect our intellectual property rights.
Patent applications that we have filed or may file in the future may not result in a patent being issued. Our issued patents may be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented, and claims of our patents may not be of sufficient scope or strength, or issued in the proper geographic regions, to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage. We have not applied for, and do not have, any copyright registration on our technologies or products. We have applied to register certain of our trademarks in the United States and other countries. There can be no assurance that we will obtain registrations of trademarks in key markets. Failure to obtain registrations could compromise our ability to protect fully our trademarks and brands and could increase the risk of challenge from third parties to our use of our trademarks and brands. In addition, our failure to enforce and protect our intellectual property rights or obtain from third parties the right to use necessary technology could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We do not consistently rely on written agreements with our customers, suppliers, manufacturers, and other recipients of our technologies and products, and therefore some trade secret protection may be lost and our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights may be limited. Furthermore, our customers, suppliers, manufacturers, and other recipients of our technologies and products may seek to use our technologies and products without appropriate limitations. In the past, we did not consistently require our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality, employment, or proprietary information and invention agreements. Therefore, our former employees and consultants may try to claim some ownership interest in our technologies and products and may use our technologies and products competitively and without appropriate limitations.
Other companies, including our competitors, may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technologies, duplicate our technologies, or design around our patents and may have or obtain patents or other proprietary rights that would prevent, limit, or interfere with our ability to make, use, or sell our products. Effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries in which we operate, such as China and Taiwan. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise use aspects of our technologies and products that we regard as proprietary. There can be no assurance that our means of protecting our proprietary rights in the United States or abroad will be adequate or that competitors will not independently develop similar technologies. If our intellectual property protection is insufficient to protect our intellectual property rights, we could face increased competition in the market for our technologies and products.
We may receive notices from third parties that claim our products infringe their rights. From time to time, we receive notice from third parties of the intellectual property rights such parties have obtained. We cannot be certain that our technologies and products do not and will not infringe issued patents or other proprietary rights of third parties. Any infringement claims, with or without merit, could result in significant litigation costs and diversion of resources, including the payment of damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Customers
Our customers include many of the world’s largest mobile smartphone and feature phone and PC OEMs, based on unit shipments, as well as a variety of consumer electronics manufacturers. Our demonstrated track record of technological leadership, design innovation, product performance, cost effectiveness, and on-time delivery have resulted in our leadership position in providing human interface solutions. We believe our strong relationship with our OEM customers, many of which are also currently developing tablets, ultrabooks, and digital lifestyle products, will continue to position us as a source of supply for their product offerings.
 
12

Table of Contents
Our industry-leading OEM customers in fiscal 2012 included the following:

•      Acer
•      Asustek
•      Dell
•      Hewlett-Packard
•      HTC
•      Huawei
•      Lenovo	  	•      LG Electronics
•      Nokia
•      Samsung
•      Sharp
•      Sony Mobile
•      Toshiba
•      ZTE	
We generally supply custom-designed products to our OEM customers through their contract manufacturers or supply chain. We sell our custom-designed products directly to these contract manufacturers, some of which include BYD, Compal, Inventec, LGIT, Pegatron, Quanta, TPK, Wintek, and Wistron. Sales to TPK accounted for approximately 12% of our net revenue for fiscal 2012. Sales to Zhan Yun Shanghai Electronics and Compal accounted for approximately 11% and 10%, respectively, of our net revenue for fiscal 2010. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenue for fiscal 2011.
We consider both the OEMs and their contract manufacturers or supply chain partners to be our customers. Both the OEMs and their partners may determine the design and pricing requirements and make the overall decision regarding the use of our human interface solutions in their products. The contract manufacturers place orders with us for the purchase of our products, take title to the products purchased upon shipment by us, and pay us directly for those purchases. These customers have no return privileges except for warranty provisions.
Strategic Relationships
We have used strategic relationships to enhance our ability to offer value-added customer solutions in the past. We intend to enter into additional strategic relationships with companies that may help us serve our target markets.
Sales and Marketing
We sell our product solutions for incorporation into the products of our OEM customers. We generate sales through direct sales employees as well as outside sales representatives and distributors. Our sales personnel receive substantial technical assistance and support from our internal engineering resources because of the highly technical nature of our product solutions. Sales frequently result from multi-level sales efforts that involve senior management, design engineers, and our sales personnel interacting with our customers’ decision makers throughout the product development and order process.
As of the end of fiscal 2012, we employed 140 sales and marketing professionals. We maintain nine customer support offices domestically and internationally, which are located in the United States, Taiwan, China, Korea, Japan, and Switzerland. In addition, we utilize sales representatives/sales distributors in China, Japan, and Taiwan.
International sales constituted approximately 99% of our revenue for each of fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010. Approximately 76% of our sales were made to companies located in China and Taiwan that provide design and manufacturing services for major notebook computer and digital lifestyle product OEMs. All of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars. This information should be read in conjunction with Note 11 to the financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.
Manufacturing
We employ a virtual manufacturing platform through third-party relationships. We currently utilize three semiconductor wafer manufacturers to supply us with silicon wafers integrating our proprietary design specifications. The completed silicon wafers are forwarded to third-party package and test processors for further processing into die and packaged ASICs, as applicable, which are then utilized in our custom interface products or processed as our ASIC-based solution.
After processing and testing, the die and ASICs are consigned to various contract manufacturers for assembly or are shipped directly to our customers. During the assembly process, our die or ASIC is combined with other components to complete the module for our custom human interface solution. The finished assembled product is subsequently shipped by our contract manufacturers directly to our customers for integration into their products.
 
13

Table of Contents
We believe our virtual manufacturing strategy provides a scalable business model; enables us to concentrate on our core competencies of research and development, technological advances, and product design and engineering; and reduces our capital expenditures. In addition, this strategy significantly reduces our working capital requirements for inventory because we do not incur most of our manufacturing costs until we have actually shipped our interface products to our customers and billed those customers for those products.
Our third-party contract manufacturers and semiconductor fabricators are Asian-based organizations. We provide our contract manufacturers with six-month rolling forecasts of our production requirements. We do not, however, have long-term agreements with any of our contract manufacturers that guarantee production capacity, prices, lead times, or delivery schedules. Our reliance on those parties exposes us to vulnerability owing to our dependence on few sources of supply. We believe, however, that other sources of supply are available. In addition, we may establish relationships with other contract manufacturers in order to reduce our dependence on any one source of supply.
Periodically, we purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers when a customer delays its delivery schedule or cancels its order. In those circumstances in which our customer has cancelled its order and we purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers, we consider a write-down to reduce the carrying value of the inventory purchased to its net realizable value. We charge write-downs to reduce the carrying value of obsolete, slow moving, and non-usable inventory to net realizable value to cost of revenue. We also record a liability and charge to cost of revenue for estimated losses on inventory we are obligated to purchase from our contract manufacturers when such losses become probable from customer delays or order cancellations.
Backlog
As of the end of fiscal 2012, we had a backlog of orders of $49.5 million, a decrease of $26.5 million compared with a backlog of orders as of the end of fiscal 2011 of $76.0 million. The mix of products ordered by customers at the end of fiscal 2012 had a slightly lower average selling price than those ordered at the end of fiscal 2011, and the quantity on backlog was significantly lower due to soft markets for both the PC market and the digital lifestyle product markets in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 compared with the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, resulting in the decrease in backlog. Our backlog consists of product orders for which purchase orders have been received and which are scheduled for shipment in the subsequent quarter. Most orders are subject to rescheduling or cancellation with limited penalties. Because of the possibility of customer changes in product shipments, our backlog as of a particular date may not be indicative of net sales for any succeeding period.
Competition
Our principal competitors in the sale of notebook touch pads are Alps Electric, a Japanese conglomerate, and Elan Microelectronics, a Taiwanese company, and our principal competitor in the sale of notebook pointing sticks is Alps. In the markets for digital lifestyle products and other electronic devices, our competitors include Atmel, Cypress, Melfas, and various other companies involved in human interface solutions. In certain cases, large OEMs may develop alternative human interface solutions for their own products or provide key components for use in designing human interface solutions.
In the human interface markets for digital lifestyle products and other electronic devices, we compete primarily based on the advantages of our systems knowledge of capacitive sensing and pattern recognition technologies. We believe our solutions-based systems engineering experience coupled with our technologies offer benefits in terms of size, power consumption, durability, light transmissivity, resolution, ease of use, and reliability when compared to our competitors and other technologies. While these markets continue to evolve, we believe we are positioned to compete aggressively for this business based on our proven track record, our technology roadmap, our marquee global customer base, and our reputation for design innovation. New competitors, alliances among competitors, or alliances among competitors and OEMs also may emerge and allow competitors to rapidly acquire significant market share.
In the notebook human interface market, we plan to continue to compete primarily on the basis of our technological expertise, design innovation, technology roadmap, customer service, and the long track record of performance of our human interface solutions, including their ease of use, reliability, and cost-effectiveness as well as their timely design, production, and delivery schedules. Our pointing stick solutions, including our proprietary TouchStyk, enable us to address the notebook computer market that uses dual pointing interfaces.
 
14

Table of Contents
Furthermore, our competitors or our customers may develop technologies in the future that more effectively address the human interface needs of the notebook computer market and digital lifestyle product markets. Our sales, profitability, and success depend on our ability to compete with other suppliers of human interface solutions and components used in human interface solutions. Our competitive position could be adversely affected if one or more of our current OEMs reduce their orders or if we are unable to develop new customers for our human interface solutions.
Employees
As of the end of fiscal 2012, we employed a total of 697 persons, including 96 in operations, finance, and administration; 140 in sales and marketing; and 461 in research and development. Of these employees, 418 were located in North America, 273 in Asia/Pacific, and six in Europe. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good, and none of our employees are represented by a union in collective bargaining with us.
Competition for qualified personnel in our industry is extremely intense, particularly for engineering and other technical personnel. Our success depends on our continued ability to attract, hire, and retain qualified personnel.
Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of August 24, 2012:

Name	  	Age	  	Position	
Richard A. Bergman	  	48	  	President and Chief Executive Officer, and Director	
 	 	 	
Kathleen A. Bayless	  	56	  	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, and Treasurer	
 	 	 	
Kevin D. Barber	  	52	  	Senior Vice President and General Manager, Handheld Products	
 	 	 	
David B. Long	  	51	  	Senior Vice President of World Wide Sales	
 	 	 	
Bret C. Sewell	  	51	  	Senior Vice President of Corporate Development	
 	 	 	
Stanley A. Swearingen	  	52	  	Senior Vice President of Strategic Technology	
 	 	 	
Alex Wong	  	57	  	Senior Vice President of World Wide Operations	
 	 	 	
Mark N. Vena	  	50	  	Senior Vice President and General Manager, PC Products	
Richard A. Bergman has been President and Chief Executive Officer of our company since September 2011. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Bergman was Senior Vice President and General Manager of Advanced Micro Device’s (“AMD”) Product Group from May 2009 to September 2011. From October 2006 to May 2009, Mr. Bergman served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of AMD’s Graphics Product Group. Mr. Bergman’s career at AMD began in October 2006 when AMD acquired ATI Technologies (“ATI”), where he served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of PC Group. Prior to ATI, Mr. Bergman served as Chief Operating Officer at S3 Graphics, a division of SonicBlue Inc. Mr. Bergman has held senior level management positions in the technology field since his early roles at Texas Instruments, Inc. and IBM. Mr. Bergman holds a Bachelor of Science degree in electrical engineering from the University of Michigan and a Master’s Degree in Business Administration from the University of Colorado.
 
15

Table of Contents
Kathleen A. Bayless has been Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, and Treasurer of our company since September 2009. Ms. Bayless served as the Senior Vice President – Finance of our company from March 2009 to September 2009. Ms. Bayless spent 13 years at Komag, a leading supplier of thin-film disks to the disk drive industry, where she served most recently as Executive Vice President, Secretary, and Chief Financial Officer beginning in September 2002. Prior to joining Komag, Ms. Bayless held the position of Senior Audit Manager at the public accounting firm of Ernst & Young. Ms. Bayless holds a Bachelor of Science degree from California State University Fresno and is a certified public accountant.
Kevin D. Barber has been Senior Vice President and General Manager of Handheld Products of our company since January 2011. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Barber was Chief Executive Officer of ACCO Semiconductor since 2008. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Barber served as a principal consultant at PRTM focused on the electronics industry. Mr. Barber was Senior Vice President, General Manager of the Mobile Solutions business at Skyworks Solutions from 2003 to 2006 where he was responsible for delivering innovative RF products to the mobile industry. Mr. Barber was Senior Vice President of Operations at Skyworks Solutions from 2002 to 2003 and Conexant Systems from 2001 to 2002. Previously, Mr. Barber held various senior operations positions at Conexant Systems and Rockwell Semiconductor. Mr. Barber holds a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from San Diego State University and Masters of Business Administration from Pepperdine University.
David B. Long has been Senior Vice President of World Wide Sales of our company since July 2010. Mr. Long served as Vice President of World Wide Sales of our company from January 2008 to July 2010. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Long served as Vice President of Worldwide Sales for Consumer Products at LSI Logic Corporation where he directed the management of sales and customer support for standard and custom silicon solutions from 2006 to 2007. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Long served as the Vice President of Asia Pacific Sales of LSI, focusing on the Consumer and Storage product segments. Mr. Long was the Director of North American-West Sales for LSI Operations from 2002 to 2003. Mr. Long also managed LSI’s worldwide account with Cisco Systems from 1998 until 2002, directing an extended team of sales, engineering, marketing, operations, and customer service representatives. Mr. Long holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration/Marketing Management from California Polytechnic University, San Luis Obispo.
Bret C. Sewell has been Senior Vice President of Corporate Development of our company since May 2012. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Sewell served as Executive Vice President at Coulomb Technologies from 2010 to 2011, and served as Chief Executive Officer of Venturi Wireless from 2005 to 2007 and Kiwi Networks from 2003 to 2004. After SnapTrack’s acquisition by Qualcomm, he served as president of Qualcomm’s SnapTrack subsidiary and Senior Vice President in Qualcomm’s semiconductor division. Earlier in his career, Mr. Sewell served as general manager for the Asia Pacific divisions of Octel Communications and Aspect Telecommunications. Mr. Sewell holds a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, a Master of Arts in International Studies from the University of Pennsylvania, and a Bachelor of Arts in Biological Anthropology from Harvard University.
Stanley A. Swearingen has been Senior Vice President of Strategic Technology of our company since July 2010. Mr. Swearingen was also responsible for corporate development from July 2010 through May 2012. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Swearingen served as a member of the Office of the President at MiniCircuits from March 2009 to October 2009 where he was responsible for strategy and corporate development. From August 2004 to November 2008, Mr. Swearingen was the Vice President and General Manager of the Linear Product business unit at Skyworks Solutions, Inc., which designs, manufactures, sells, and supports a diverse portfolio of RF products and licensing of intellectual property. Mr. Swearingen was Vice President and General Manager of Agere Systems Computing Connectivity division, where he was responsible for the design and manufacturing of wired and wireless connectivity solutions from November 2000 to August 2004. From July 1999 to November 2000, Mr. Swearingen served as Chief Executive Officer of Quantex Microsystems, a direct provider of personal computers, servers, and Internet infrastructure products. Mr. Swearingen has also held senior management positions at National Semiconductor, Cyrix, and Digital Equipment Corp.
Alex Wong has been Senior Vice President of World Wide Operations of our company since July 2010. Mr. Wong served as Vice President of World Wide Operations of our company from September 2006 to July 2010. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Wong served our company as Managing Director of Hong Kong and Director of Operations. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Wong held various management positions with National Semiconductor Corporation, including General Manager for National Joint Ventures in China and Hong Kong and Director of Corporate Business Development. Mr. Wong holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science from California State University at Northridge and a Masters in Business Administration from the University of East Asia, Macau.
 
16

Table of Contents
Mark N. Vena has been Senior Vice President and General Manager, PC Products of our company since July 2010. Mr. Vena served as Vice President, PC Business of our company from April 2007 to July 2010. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Vena served as Vice President of Worldwide Marketing of Alienware from October 2005 to March 2007. From 1982 to 2005, Mr. Vena held various business and product marketing leadership positions at Dell, Compaq, Epson, and IBM. Mr. Vena holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in History, cum laude, from Boston College.
There are no arrangements, understandings, or family relationships pursuant to which our executive officers were selected. There are no related party transactions between us and our executive officers. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors.
 
17

Table of Contents
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	
You should carefully consider the following factors, together with all the other information included in this report, in evaluating our company and our business.
We currently depend on our human interface solutions for the notebook computer market and digital lifestyle product markets for substantially all of our revenue, and any downturn in sales of these products would adversely affect our business, revenue, operating results, and financial position.
We currently depend on our human interface solutions for the notebook computer market and digital lifestyle product markets for substantially all of our revenue, and any downturn in sales of these products would adversely affect our business, revenue, operating results, and financial position. Net revenue for our human interface solutions for our PC and digital lifestyle products, primarily mobile smartphones and feature phones, accounted for approximately 51% and 49%, respectively, of our net revenue for fiscal 2012, 48% and 52%, respectively, of our net revenue for fiscal 2011, and 59% and 41%, respectively, of our net revenue for fiscal 2010.
A softening of demand in the notebook portion of the PC market, a reduced level of our participation in the notebook portion of the PC market, or a slowdown of growth in the notebook portion of the PC market because of consumer preferences, the emergence of tablet or slate devices and ultrabooks not including our product solutions, or other factors would cause our business, operating results, and financial position to suffer. Similarly, the lack of market acceptance of our product solutions compared with competitive products in the mobile smartphone and feature phone market or our inability to be a leading supplier of human interface solutions for mobile smartphone and feature phone products would have a negative effect on our business, operating results, and financial position.
Net revenue from our human interface solutions for digital lifestyle products has been volatile in the past, and may not increase or be less volatile in the future.
Net revenue from our human interface solutions for digital lifestyle products, particularly mobile smartphones and feature phones and portable digital music players, has been volatile in the past. Our net revenue from our human interface solutions for digital lifestyle products may not increase or be less volatile in the future. Net revenue from our human interface solutions for digital lifestyle products was $270.1 million in fiscal 2012, $309.1 million in fiscal 2011, and $209.2 million in fiscal 2010. Our interface business for digital lifestyle products faces many uncertainties, including our success in enhancing our market share in evolving markets dominated by a limited number of OEMs and market acceptance of our product solutions over competitive product solutions. Our inability to address these uncertainties successfully and to be a leading supplier of human interfaces for digital lifestyle products would negatively affect our business.
We have transitioned a significant portion of our product solutions for the mobile smartphone and feature phone market in fiscal 2012 from full module solutions to chip or tail solutions, which has resulted in lower revenue.
We have transitioned a significant portion of our product solutions for the mobile smartphone and feature phone market from full module solutions to chip or tail solutions, which has resulted in lower revenue. Historically, we provided a significant portion of our mobile smartphone and feature phone customers with a complete touchscreen module, including our proprietary controller ASIC, associated electronics, firmware, software, and systems engineering and design as well as a third-party capacitive sensor and module assembly. As a result of industry factors, many of our customers are moving to either a chip solution in which we offer our proprietary controller ASIC, firmware, software, and systems engineering and design with the customer utilizing third-parties for the associated electronics, sensor, and module assembly or a tail solution in which we offer our proprietary controller ASIC, associated electronics, firmware, software, and systems engineering and design with the customer utilizing third-parties for the sensor and module assembly. During fiscal 2012, our full module solutions for the mobile smartphone and feature phone market declined from approximately 50% of quarterly mobile product revenue in the prior year to approximately 1% of quarterly mobile product revenue. We anticipate that chip solutions will constitute an increased share of mobile product revenue in fiscal 2013 compared with fiscal 2012. Our chip solutions for mobile smartphones and feature phones typically generate lower revenue than our full module solutions.
 
18

Table of Contents
Our historical financial performance is based on net revenue generated from our human interface solutions for the notebook computer market and, more recently, our human interface solutions for digital lifestyle products, and may not be indicative of our future performance.
Our historical financial performance is based on net revenue generated from our human interface solutions for the notebook computer market and, more recently, our human interface solutions for digital lifestyle products, particularly mobile smartphones and feature phones. As recently as fiscal 2008, we derived a large majority of our net revenue from the sale of our TouchPad products for notebook computers. In fiscal 2011, net revenue from our human interface solutions for digital lifestyle products exceeded net revenue from our PC product solutions for the first time in our history. In fiscal 2012, net revenue from our human interface solutions for digital lifestyle products decreased and was less than our net revenue from our PC product solutions. We expect a relatively even revenue mix between sales of our human interface solutions for notebook computers and our human interface solutions for mobile smartphones and feature phones. However, we have a more limited operating history in the markets for digital lifestyle products, including mobile smartphones and feature phones, and limited operating history for other products, such as tablets and ultrabooks. In addition, in fiscal 2012 we transitioned our product solutions for the mobile smartphone and feature phone market from full module solutions to chip or tail solutions and anticipate that chip solutions will be the primary solution during fiscal 2013.
We cannot assure you that our human interface business for new markets will be successful or that we will be able to continue to generate significant revenue from these markets.
Our product solutions may not be successful in new markets despite the fact that these product solutions are capable of enabling people to interact more easily and intuitively with a wide variety of mobile computing, communication, entertainment, and electronic devices in addition to notebook computers and mobile smartphones and feature phones. We are currently targeting the rapidly developing tablet market and the ultrabook portion of the PC market. Our success in these markets will depend primarily on the success in these markets of the products of our OEM customers who utilize our solutions for their products. As a result, we do not know whether our product solutions for the tablet market and the ultrabook portion of the PC market will result in a substantial portion of our revenue on a consistent basis. Our inability to become a leading supplier in the tablet market and the ultrabook portion of the PC market would result in a slower growth rate than we currently anticipate. The failure to succeed in the tablet market and the ultrabook portion of the PC market would result in no return on the substantial investments we have made to date and plan to make in the future to penetrate such markets.
Various target markets for our interfaces, such as tablets, ultrabooks, and automotive touchscreens, may develop slower than anticipated or could utilize competing technologies. The markets for certain of these products depend in part upon the continued development and deployment of wireless and other technologies, which may or may not address the needs of users of these products.
Our ability to generate significant revenue from new markets will depend on various factors, including the following:
 
 	•	 	the development and growth of these markets;	
 
 	•	 	the ability of our technologies and product solutions to address the needs of these markets, the price and performance requirements of OEMs, and the preferences of end users; and	
 
 	•	 	our ability to provide OEMs with human interface solutions that provide advantages in terms of size, power consumption, reliability, durability, performance, and value-added features compared with alternative solutions.	
Many manufacturers of these products have well-established relationships with competitive suppliers. Our ongoing success in these markets will require us to offer better performance alternatives to other solutions at competitive costs. The failure of any of these target markets to develop as we expect, or our failure to serve these markets to a significant extent, will impede our sales growth and could result in substantially reduced earnings. We cannot predict the size or growth rate of these markets or the market share we will achieve in these markets in the future.
 
19

Table of Contents
Market acceptance of our customers’ existing or new products that utilize our human interface solution may decline or may not develop and, as a result, our revenue may decline or may not increase.
We do not sell any products to end users. Instead, we design various human interface solutions that our OEM customers incorporate into their products. As a result, our success depends almost entirely upon the widespread market acceptance of our OEM customers’ products. We do not control or influence the manufacture, promotion, distribution, or pricing of the products that incorporate our human interface solutions. Instead, we depend on our customers to manufacture and distribute products incorporating our human interface solutions and to generate consumer demand through marketing and promotional activities. Even if our technologies successfully meet our customers’ price and performance goals, our sales would decline or fail to develop if our customers do not achieve commercial success in selling their products that incorporate our human interface solutions.
Competitive advances by OEMs in the PC or digital lifestyle product markets that do not utilize our human interface solutions broadly in their product offerings at the expense of our OEM customers could result in lost sales opportunities. Within the digital lifestyle product markets, the mobile smartphone market has become an important factor in our operating results. Any failure to expand our presence in this market, a significant slowdown in the use of our human interface solutions by our customers in this market, the reduced demand for our customers’ products in this market, or a slowdown of growth in this market would adversely affect our revenue.
If we fail to maintain and build relationships with our customers and do not continue to satisfy our customers, we may lose future sales and our revenue may stagnate or decline.
Because our success depends on the widespread market acceptance of our OEM customers’ products, we must continue to maintain our relationships with the leading notebook computer OEMs and expand our relationships with mobile smartphone and feature phone and tablet OEMs. In addition, we must identify areas of significant growth potential in other markets, establish relationships with OEMs in those markets, and assist those OEMs in developing products that use our interface product solutions. Our failure to identify potential growth opportunities, particularly in the mobile smartphone and feature phone market, the tablet market, and the ultrabook portion of the PC market, or establish and maintain relationships with OEMs in those markets, would prevent our business from growing in those markets.
Our ability to meet the expectations of our customers requires us to provide innovative human interface solutions for customers on a timely and cost-effective basis and to maintain customer satisfaction with our human interface solutions. We must match our design and production capacity with customer demand, maintain satisfactory delivery schedules, and meet performance goals. If we are unable to achieve these goals for any reason, our customers could reduce their purchases from us and our sales would decline or fail to develop.
Our customer relationships also can be affected by factors affecting our customers that are unrelated to our performance. These factors can include a myriad of situations, including business reversals of customers, determinations by customers to change their product mix or abandon business segments, or mergers, consolidations, or acquisitions involving our customers.
The loss of revenue from one or more large customers could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.
In fiscal 2012, one customer, TPK, accounted for 12% of our net revenue. In fiscal 2011, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenue. Additionally, receivables from Compal and Wistron consisted of 14% and 12% of accounts receivable, respectively, at the end of fiscal 2012. Receivables from Compal were 12% of accounts receivable at the end of fiscal 2011. There were no other customers who represented more than 10% of our accounts receivable at the end of fiscal 2012 or 2011.
BYD, Compal, Inventec, LGIT, Pegatron, Quanta, TPK, Wintek, and Wistron are some of the contract manufacturers that serve our OEM customers. Any material delay, cancellation, or reduction of orders from any one or more of these contract manufacturers or the OEMs they serve could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results. The adverse effect would be more substantial if our other customers do not increase their orders or if we are unsuccessful in generating orders for human interface solutions from new customers. Many of these contract manufacturers sell to the same OEMs, and therefore our concentration with certain OEMs may be higher than with any individual contract manufacturer. Concentration in our customer base may make fluctuations in revenue and earnings more severe and make business planning more difficult.
 
20

Table of Contents
We rely on others for our production and any interruptions of these arrangements could disrupt our ability to fill our customers’ orders.
We utilize contract manufacturers for all of our production requirements. The majority of our manufacturing is conducted in China, Taiwan, and Thailand by contract manufacturers that also perform services for numerous other companies. We do not have a guaranteed level of production capacity with any of our contract manufacturers. Qualifying new contract manufacturers, and specifically semiconductor foundries, is time consuming and might result in unforeseen manufacturing and operations problems. The loss of our relationships with our contract manufacturers or assemblers or their inability to conduct their manufacturing and assembly services for us as anticipated in terms of capacity, cost, quality, and timeliness could adversely affect our ability to fill customer orders in accordance with required delivery, quality, and performance requirements. If this were to occur, the resulting decline in revenue would harm our business.
We depend on third parties to maintain satisfactory manufacturing yields and delivery schedules, and their inability to do so could increase our costs, disrupt our supply chain, and result in our inability to deliver our products, which would adversely affect our operating results.
We depend on our contract manufacturers and semiconductor fabricators to maintain high levels of productivity and satisfactory delivery schedules at manufacturing and assembly facilities located primarily in China, Taiwan, and Thailand. We provide our contract manufacturers with six-month rolling forecasts of our production requirements. We do not, however, have long-term agreements with any of our contract manufacturers that guarantee production capacity, prices, lead times, or delivery schedules. Our contract manufacturers serve other customers, a number of which have greater production requirements than we do. As a result, our contract manufacturers could determine to prioritize production capacity for other customers or reduce or eliminate deliveries to us on short notice. At times, we have experienced lower than anticipated manufacturing yields and lengthening of delivery schedules. Lower than expected manufacturing yields could increase our costs or disrupt our supplies. We may encounter lower manufacturing yields and longer delivery schedules in commencing volume production of new products that we introduce. Any of these problems could result in our inability to deliver our product solutions in a timely manner and adversely affect our operating results.
Shortages of components and materials may delay or reduce our sales and increase our costs, thereby harming our operating results.
The inability to obtain sufficient quantities of components and other materials necessary for the production of our products could result in reduced or delayed sales or lost orders. Any delay in or loss of sales could adversely impact our operating results. Many of the materials used in the production of our products are available only from a limited number of foreign suppliers, particularly suppliers located in Asia. In most cases, neither we nor our contract manufacturers have long-term supply contracts with these suppliers. As a result, we are subject to economic instability in these Asian countries as well as to increased costs, supply interruptions, and difficulties in obtaining materials. Our customers also may encounter difficulties or increased costs in obtaining the materials necessary to produce their products into which our product solutions are incorporated.
From time to time, materials and components used in our product solutions or in other aspects of our customers’ products have been subject to allocation because of shortages of these materials and components. Future shortages of materials and components, including potential supply constraints of silicon, could cause delayed shipments, customer dissatisfaction, and lower revenue.
We are subject to lengthy development periods and product acceptance cycles, which can result in development and engineering costs without any future revenue.
We provide human interface solutions that are incorporated by OEMs into the products they sell. OEMs make the determination during their product development programs whether to incorporate our human interface solutions or pursue other alternatives. This process requires us to make significant investments of time and resources in the design of human interface solutions well before our customers introduce their products incorporating these interfaces and before we can be sure that we will generate any significant sales to our customers or even recover our investment. During a customer’s entire product development process, we face the risk that our interfaces will fail to meet our customer’s technical, performance, or cost requirements or that our products will be replaced by competitive products or alternative technological solutions. Even if we complete our design process in a manner satisfactory to our customer, the customer may delay or terminate its product development efforts. The occurrence of any of these events could cause sales to not materialize, to be deferred, or to be cancelled, which would adversely affect our operating results.
 
21

Table of Contents
We do not have long-term purchase commitments from our customers, and their ability to cancel, reduce, or delay orders could reduce our revenue and increase our costs.
Our customers do not provide us with firm, long-term volume purchase commitments, but instead issue purchase orders. As a result, customers can cancel purchase orders or reduce or delay orders at any time. The cancellation, delay, or reduction of customer purchase orders could result in reduced revenue, excess inventory, and unabsorbed overhead. We have an established presence in the notebook computer market and have only recently established a presence in the digital lifestyle product markets. Our success in the digital lifestyle product markets, including those for mobile smartphones and feature phones, the tablet market, and the ultrabook portion of the PC market, require us to establish the value added by our products to OEMs, including those that have traditionally used other solutions. All of the markets we serve are subject to severe competitive pressures, rapid technological change, and product obsolescence, which increase our inventory and overhead risks, resulting in increased costs.
We face intense competition that could result in our losing or failing to gain market share and suffering reduced revenue.
We serve intensely competitive markets that are characterized by price erosion, rapid technological change, and competition from major domestic and international companies. This intense competition could result in pricing pressures, lower sales, reduced margins, and lower market share. Depressed economic conditions, a slowdown in the PC market, the emergence of new products, such as tablet or slate devices and ultrabooks not including our product solutions, rapid changes in the mobile smartphone and feature phone market, and competitive pressures may result in lower demand for our product solutions, pricing pressures, and reduced unit margins.
Any movement away from high-quality, custom designed, feature-rich human interface solutions to lower priced alternatives would adversely affect our business. Some of our competitors, particularly in the markets for digital lifestyle products and other electronic devices, have greater market recognition, larger customer bases, and substantially greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution, and other resources than we possess and that afford them competitive advantages. As a result, they may be able to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of products, to negotiate lower prices for raw materials and components, to deliver competitive products at lower prices, and to introduce new product solutions and respond to customer requirements more quickly than we can. Our competitive position could suffer if one or more of our customers determine not to utilize our custom engineered, total solutions approach and instead decide to design and manufacture their own interfaces, to contract with our competitors, or to use alternative technologies.
Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, both within and outside our control. These factors include the following:
 
 	•	 	our success in designing and introducing new human interface solutions, including those implementing new technologies;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to predict the evolving needs of our customers and to assist them in incorporating our technologies into their new products;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to meet our customers’ requirements for low power consumption, ease of use, reliability, durability, and small form factor;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to meet our customers’ price and performance requirements;	
 
 	•	 	the quality of our customer service and support;	
 
 	•	 	the rate at which customers incorporate our human interface solutions into their own products;	
 
 	•	 	product or technology introductions by our competitors; and	
 
 	•	 	foreign currency fluctuations, which may cause a foreign competitor’s products to be priced significantly lower than our product solutions.	
 
22

Table of Contents
If we do not keep pace with technological innovations, our products may not be competitive and our revenue and operating results may suffer.
We operate in rapidly changing markets. Technological advances, the introduction of new products, and new design techniques could adversely affect our business unless we are able to adapt to the changing conditions. Technological advances could render our solutions less competitive or obsolete, and we may not be able to respond effectively to the technological requirements of evolving markets. As a result, we will be required to expend substantial funds for and commit significant resources to:
 
 	•	 	continue research and development activities on existing and potential human interface solutions,	
 
 	•	 	hire additional engineering and other technical personnel, and	
 
 	•	 	purchase advanced design tools and test equipment.	
Our business could be harmed if we are unable to develop and utilize new technologies that address the needs of our customers, or our competitors or customers do so more effectively than we do.
Our efforts to develop new technologies may not result in commercial success, which could cause a decline in our revenue and could harm our business.
Our research and development efforts with respect to new technologies may not result in customer or market acceptance. Some or all of those technologies may not successfully make the transition from the research and development stage to cost-effective production as a result of technology problems, competitive cost issues, yield problems, and other factors. Even when we successfully complete a research and development effort with respect to a particular technology, our customers may decide not to introduce or may terminate products utilizing the technology for a variety of reasons, including the following:
 
 	•	 	difficulties with other suppliers of components for the products,	
 
 	•	 	superior technologies developed by our competitors and unfavorable comparisons of our solutions with these technologies,	
 
 	•	 	price considerations, and	
 
 	•	 	lack of anticipated or actual market demand for the products.	
The nature of our business requires us to make continuing investments for new technologies. Significant expenses relating to one or more new technologies that ultimately prove to be unsuccessful for any reason could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any investments or acquisitions made to enhance our technologies may prove to be unsuccessful. If our efforts are unsuccessful, our business could be harmed.
 
23

Table of Contents
We may not be able to enhance our existing product solutions and develop new product solutions in a timely manner.
Our future operating results will depend to a significant extent on our ability to continue to provide new human interface solutions that compare favorably with alternative solutions on the basis of time to introduction, cost, performance, and end user preferences. Our success in maintaining existing and attracting new customers and developing new business depends on various factors, including the following:
 
 	•	 	innovative development of new solutions for customer products,	
 
 	•	 	utilization of advances in technology,	
 
 	•	 	maintenance of quality standards,	
 
 	•	 	performance advantages,	
 
 	•	 	efficient and cost-effective solutions, and	
 
 	•	 	timely completion of the design and introduction of new human interface solutions.	
Our inability to enhance our existing product solutions and develop new product solutions on a timely basis could harm our operating results and impede our growth.
A technologically new human interface solution that achieves significant market share could harm our business.
Our human interface solutions are designed to integrate touch, handwriting, and vision capabilities. New computing and communications devices could be developed that call for a different interface solution. Existing devices also could be modified to allow for a different interface solution. Our business could be harmed if our products become noncompetitive as a result of a technological breakthrough that allows a new interface solution to displace our solutions and achieve significant market acceptance.
International sales and manufacturing risks could adversely affect our operating results.
Our manufacturing and assembly operations are primarily conducted in China, Taiwan, and Thailand by contract manufacturers and semiconductor fabricators. We have sales and logistics operations in Hong Kong, and sales and engineering design support operations in China, Japan, Korea, Switzerland, and Taiwan. These international operations expose us to various economic, political, and other risks that could adversely affect our operations and operating results, including the following:
 
 	•	 	difficulties and costs of staffing and managing a multi-national organization,	
 
 	•	 	unexpected changes in regulatory requirements,	
 
 	•	 	differing labor regulations,	
 
 	•	 	potentially adverse tax consequences,	
 
 	•	 	tariffs and duties and other trade barrier restrictions,	
 
 	•	 	possible employee turnover or labor unrest,	
 
 	•	 	greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable,	
 
 	•	 	the burdens and costs of compliance with a variety of foreign laws,	
 
 	•	 	the volatility of currency exchange rates,	
 
 	•	 	potentially reduced protection for intellectual property rights, and	
 
 	•	 	political or economic instability in certain parts of the world.	
The risks associated with international operations could negatively affect our operating results.
Our business may suffer if international trade is hindered, disrupted, or economically disadvantaged.
Political and economic conditions abroad may adversely affect the foreign production and sale of our products. Protectionist trade legislation in either the United States or foreign countries, such as a change in the current tariff structures, export or import compliance laws, or other trade policies, could adversely affect our ability to sell human interface solutions in foreign markets and to obtain materials or equipment from foreign suppliers.
 
24

Table of Contents
Changes in policies by the U.S. or foreign governments resulting in, among other things, higher taxation, currency conversion limitations, restrictions on the transfer of funds, or the expropriation of private enterprises also could have a material adverse effect on us. Any actions by countries in which we conduct business to reverse policies that encourage foreign investment or foreign trade also could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, U.S. trade policies, such as “most favored nation” status and trade preferences for certain Asian nations, could affect the attractiveness of our services to our U.S. customers and adversely impact our operating results.
Our operating results could be adversely affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies.
We transact business predominantly in U.S. dollars and bill and collect our sales in U.S. dollars. A weakening of the dollar could cause our overseas vendors to require renegotiation of either the prices or currency we pay for their goods and services. In the future, customers may negotiate pricing and make payments in non-U.S. currencies. For fiscal 2012, approximately 9% of our costs were denominated in non-U.S. currencies, including Canadian dollars, Hong Kong dollars, British pounds, Taiwan dollars, Japanese yen, Korean won, Chinese yuan, and Swiss francs.
If our overseas vendors or customers require us to transact business in non-U.S. currencies, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could affect our cost of goods, operating expenses, and operating margins and could result in exchange losses. In addition, currency devaluation can result in a loss to us if we hold deposits of that currency. Hedging foreign currencies can be difficult, especially if the currency is not freely traded. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our operating results. We currently do not hedge any foreign currencies.
A majority of our contract manufacturers and semiconductor fabricators are located in China, Taiwan, and Thailand, and most of our customers are located in Asia, increasing the risk that a natural disaster, labor strike, war, or political unrest in those countries or that region would disrupt our operations.
A majority of our contract manufacturers and semiconductor fabricators are located in China, Taiwan, and Thailand, and most of our customers are located in Asia. Events outside of our control, such as earthquakes, fires, floods, or other natural disasters, or political unrest, war, labor strikes, or work stoppages in these countries, would disrupt their operations, which would impact our business. The risk of earthquakes and tsunamis in the Pacific Rim, including Japan (such as the March 2011 earthquake and tsunamis) and Taiwan is significant because of the proximity to major earthquake fault lines. An earthquake or tsunami could cause significant delays in shipments of our product solutions until we are able to shift our outsourced operations. Further, a variety of political factors, such as political unrest in Thailand or political tension between North Korea and South Korea, could disrupt our operations and our ability to meet our customers’ production schedules. If any of these events occur, we may not be able to obtain alternative capacity. Failure to secure alternative capacity could cause a delay in the shipment of our product solutions, which would cause our revenue to fluctuate or decline.
Variability of customer requirements resulting in cancellations, reductions, or delays may adversely affect our operating results.
We must provide increasingly rapid product turnaround and respond to ever-shorter lead times. A variety of conditions, both specific to individual customers and generally affecting the demand for OEMs’ products, may cause customers to cancel, reduce, or delay orders. Cancellations, reductions, or delays by a significant customer or by a group of customers may adversely affect our revenue and could require us to repurchase inventory from our contract manufacturers, which could adversely affect our costs. On occasion, customers require rapid increases in production, which can strain our resources and reduce our margins. Although we have been able to obtain increased production capacity from our third-party manufacturers, we may be unable to do so at any given time to meet our customers’ demands if their demands exceed anticipated levels.
 
25

Table of Contents
Our operating results may experience significant fluctuations that could result in a decline in the price of our stock.
In addition to the variability resulting from the short-term nature of our customers’ commitments, other factors contribute to significant periodic and seasonal quarterly fluctuations in our operating results. These factors include the following:
 
 	•	 	the cyclicality of the markets we serve;	
 
 	•	 	the timing and size of orders;	
 
 	•	 	order push-outs or cancellations;	
 
 	•	 	the volume of orders relative to our ability to deliver;	
 
 	•	 	product introductions and market acceptance of new products or new generations of products;	
 
 	•	 	the timing of product transitions;	
 
 	•	 	evolution in the life cycles of our customers’ products;	
 
 	•	 	timing of expenses in anticipation of future orders;	
 
 	•	 	changes in product mix;	
 
 	•	 	availability of manufacturing and assembly services;	
 
 	•	 	availability of necessary components and materials;	
 
 	•	 	changes in cost and availability of labor and components;	
 
 	•	 	the expanded use of high-cost, third-party components in the products we sell;	
 
 	•	 	timely delivery of product solutions to customers;	
 
 	•	 	pricing, performance, and availability of competitive products;	
 
 	•	 	introduction of new technologies into the markets we serve;	
 
 	•	 	emergence of new competitors;	
 
 	•	 	pressures on selling prices;	
 
 	•	 	the absolute and relative levels of corporate enterprise and consumer notebook purchases;	
 
 	•	 	our success in serving new markets; and	
 
 	•	 	changes in economic conditions.	
Accordingly, period-to-period comparisons are not an indicator of our future performance. Negative or unanticipated fluctuations in our operating results may result in a decline in the price of our stock.
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our infrastructure, management, and resources could be strained, our ability to effectively manage our business could be diminished, and our operating results could suffer.
The failure to manage our planned growth effectively could strain our resources, which would impede our ability to increase revenue. We have increased the number of our human interface solutions and plan to expand further the number and diversity of our solutions and their use in the future. Our ability to manage our planned diversification and growth effectively will require us to
 
 	•	 	successfully hire, train, retain, and motivate additional employees, including employees outside the United States;	
 
 	•	 	efficiently plan and expand our facilities to meet increased headcount requirements;	
 
 	•	 	enhance our global operational, financial, and management infrastructure; and	
 
 	•	 	expand our development and production capacity.	
 
26

Table of Contents
In connection with the expansion and diversification of our product and customer base, we are increasing our personnel and making other expenditures to meet demand for our expanding product offerings, including offerings in the notebook computer and digital lifestyle product markets. Increases in the demand for our products will require further expansion of our traditional notebook computer business as well as an increasing presence in the digital lifestyle product markets, including mobile smartphones and feature phones, the tablet market, and the ultrabook portion of the PC market. To date, our sales of human interface solutions for mobile smartphones and feature phones have varied significantly from quarter to quarter. Risks are further increased because customers do not commit to firm production schedules for more than a short time in advance. Any increase in expenses or investments in infrastructure and facilities in anticipation of future orders that do not materialize would adversely affect our profitability. Our customers also may require rapid increases in design and production services that place an excessive short-term burden on our resources and the resources of our third-party manufacturers. If we cannot manage our growth effectively, our business and operating results could suffer.
We depend on key personnel who would be difficult to replace, and our business will likely be harmed if we lose their services or cannot hire additional qualified personnel.
Our success depends substantially on the efforts and abilities of our senior management and other key personnel. The competition for qualified management and key personnel, especially engineers, is intense. Although we maintain noncompetition and nondisclosure covenants with most of our key personnel and one of our key personnel has a change of control severance agreement, we do not have employment agreements with any of them. The loss of services of one or more of our key employees or the inability to hire, train, and retain key personnel, especially engineers and technical support personnel, and capable sales and customer-support employees outside the United States, could delay the development and sale of our products, disrupt our business, and interfere with our ability to execute our business plan.
In the future, if we are unable to obtain stockholder approval of additional shares for our share-based compensation award programs we could be at a competitive disadvantage in the marketplace for qualified personnel or may be required to increase the cash element of our compensation program.
Our compensation program, which includes cash and share-based compensation award components, has been instrumental in attracting, hiring, motivating, and retaining qualified personnel. As a Northern California-based high-growth technology company, competition for qualified personnel in our industry is extremely intense, particularly for engineering and other technical personnel. Our success depends on our continued ability to attract, hire, motivate, and retain qualified personnel and our share-based compensation award programs provide us with a competitive compensatory tool for this purpose. The continued use of our share-based compensation program is necessary for us to compete for engineering and other technical personnel and professional talent without significantly increasing cash compensation costs. In the future, if we are unable to obtain stockholder approval of additional shares for our share-based compensation award programs we could be at a competitive disadvantage in the marketplace for qualified personnel or may be required to increase the cash element of our compensation program.
Our inability to protect our intellectual property could impair our competitive advantage, reduce our revenue, and increase our costs.
Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our ability to maintain the proprietary aspects of our technologies and products. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, confidentiality agreements, and other contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property, but these measures may provide only limited protection. We license from third parties certain technology used in and for our products. These third-party licenses are granted with restrictions, and there can be no assurances that such third-party technology will remain available to us on terms beneficial to us. Failure to enforce and protect our intellectual property rights or obtain from third parties the right to use necessary technology could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights as fully as do the laws of the United States.
Patents may not issue from the patent applications that we have filed or may file in the future. Our issued patents may be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented, and claims of our patents may not be of sufficient scope or strength, or issued in the proper geographic regions, to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage. In addition, certain of our patents will expire within several years.
 
27

Table of Contents
We have not applied for, and do not have, any copyright registration on our technologies or products. We have applied to register certain of our trademarks in the United States and other countries. There can be no assurance that we will obtain registrations of principle or other trademarks in key markets. Failure to obtain registrations could compromise our ability to protect fully our trademarks and brands and could increase the risk of challenge from third parties to our use of our trademarks and brands.
We do not consistently rely on written agreements with our customers, suppliers, manufacturers, and other recipients of our technologies and products, and therefore some trade secret protection may be lost and our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights may be limited. Additionally, our customers, suppliers, manufacturers, and other recipients of our technologies and products may seek to use our technologies and products without appropriate limitations. In the past, we did not consistently require our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality, employment, or proprietary information and invention assignment agreements. Therefore, our former employees and consultants may try to claim some ownership interest in our technologies and products and may use our technologies and products competitively and without appropriate limitations.
We may be required to incur substantial expenses and divert management attention and resources in defending intellectual property litigation against us.
We may receive notices from third parties that claim our products infringe their rights. From time to time, we receive notice from third parties of the intellectual property rights such parties have obtained. We cannot be certain that our technologies and products do not and will not infringe issued patents or other proprietary rights of others. Any future claims, with or without merit, could result in significant litigation costs and diversion of resources, including the attention of management, and could require us to enter into royalty and licensing agreements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. There can be no assurance that such licenses could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, or that the terms of any offered licenses would be acceptable to us. If forced to cease using such technology, there can be no assurance that we would be able to develop or obtain alternate technology. Accordingly, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing, using, or selling certain of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Furthermore, parties making such claims could secure a judgment awarding substantial damages, as well as injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to make, use, or sell our products in the United States or abroad. Such a judgment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. In addition, we are obligated under certain agreements to indemnify the other party in connection with infringement by us of the proprietary rights of third parties. In the event we are required to indemnify parties under these agreements, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We may incur substantial expenses and divert management resources in prosecuting others for their unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights.
The markets in which we compete are characterized by frequent litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. Other companies, including our competitors, may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technologies, duplicate our technologies, or design around our patents and may have or obtain patents or other proprietary rights that would prevent, limit, or interfere with our ability to make, use, or sell our products. Effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries in which we operate, such as China and Taiwan. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise use aspects of our technologies and products that we regard as proprietary. There can be no assurance that our means of protecting our proprietary rights in the United States or abroad will be adequate or that competitors will not independently develop similar technologies. If our intellectual property protection is insufficient to protect our intellectual property rights, we could face increased competition in the markets for our technologies and products.
Should any of our competitors file patent applications or obtain patents that claim inventions also claimed by us, we may choose to participate in an interference proceeding to determine the right to a patent for these inventions because our business would be harmed if we fail to enforce and protect our intellectual property rights. Even if the outcome is favorable, this proceeding could result in substantial cost to us and disrupt our business.
 
28

Table of Contents
In the future, we also may need to file lawsuits to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. This litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
If we become subject to product returns and product liability claims resulting from defects in our products, we may fail to achieve market acceptance of our products and our business could be harmed.
We develop complex products in an evolving marketplace and generally warrant our products for a period of 12 months from the date of sale. Despite testing by us and our customers, defects may be found in existing or new products. Manufacturing errors or product defects could result in a delay in recognition or loss of revenue, loss of market share, or failure to achieve market acceptance. Additionally, defects could result in financial or other damages to our customers; cause us to incur significant warranty, support, and repair costs; and divert the attention of our engineering personnel from key product development efforts. In such circumstances, our customers could also seek and obtain damages from us for their losses. A product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time-consuming and costly to defend. The occurrence of such problems would likely harm our business.
Potential strategic alliances may not achieve their objectives, and the failure to do so could impede our growth.
We anticipate that we will enter into strategic alliances. Among other matters, we continually explore strategic alliances designed to enhance or complement our technology or to work in conjunction with our technology; to provide necessary know-how, components, or supplies; and to develop, introduce, and distribute products utilizing our technology. Any strategic alliances may not achieve their intended objectives, and parties to our strategic alliances may not perform as contemplated. The failure of these alliances may impede our ability to introduce new products and enter new markets.
Any acquisitions that we undertake could be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and harm our operating results.
We expect to pursue opportunities to acquire other businesses and technologies in order to complement our current human interface solutions, expand the breadth of our markets, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. We cannot accurately predict the timing, size, and success of any future acquisitions. We may be unable to identify suitable acquisition candidates or to complete the acquisitions of candidates that we identify. Increased competition for acquisition candidates or increased asking prices by acquisition candidates may increase purchase prices for acquisitions to levels beyond our financial capability or to levels that would not result in the returns required by our acquisition criteria. Acquisitions also may become more difficult in the future as we or others acquire the most attractive candidates. Unforeseen expenses, difficulties, and delays frequently encountered in connection with rapid expansion through acquisitions could inhibit our growth and negatively impact our operating results. If we make any future acquisitions, we could issue stock that would dilute existing stockholders’ percentage ownership, incur substantial debt, assume contingent liabilities, or experience higher operating expenses.
As a part of any potential acquisition, we may engage in discussions with various companies. In connection with these discussions, we and each potential acquisition candidate exchange confidential operational and financial information, conduct due diligence inquiries, and consider the structure, terms, and conditions of the potential acquisition. In certain cases, the prospective acquisition candidate agrees not to discuss a potential acquisition with any other party for a specific period of time and agrees to take other actions designed to enhance the possibility of the acquisition, such as preparing audited financial information. Potential acquisition discussions frequently take place over a long period of time and involve difficult business integration and other issues. As a result of these and other factors, a number of potential acquisitions that from time to time appear likely to occur do not result in binding legal agreements and are not consummated, but may result in increased legal and consulting costs.
We cannot assure you that we would be successful in overcoming problems encountered in connection with any acquisitions, and our inability to do so could disrupt our operations, result in goodwill or intangible asset impairment charges, and adversely affect our business. Our experience in acquiring other businesses and technologies is limited. We did, however, recently acquire Pacinian Corporation and the Video Display Operation of Integrated Device Technology, Inc.
 
29

Table of Contents
Any acquisitions that we undertake in the future could be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, and harm our operations.
In order to pursue a successful acquisition strategy, we may need to integrate the operations of acquired businesses into our operations, including centralizing certain functions to achieve cost savings and pursuing programs and processes that leverage our revenue and growth opportunities. The integration of the management, operations, and facilities of acquired businesses with our own could involve difficulties, which could adversely affect our growth rate and operating results. We are in the process of integrating our acquisitions of Pacinian Corporation and the Video Display Operation of Integrated Device Technology, Inc.
We may be unable to complete effectively an integration of the management, operations, facilities, and accounting and information systems of acquired businesses with our own; to manage efficiently the combined operations of the acquired businesses with our operations; to achieve our operating, growth, and performance goals for acquired businesses; to achieve additional revenue as a result of our expanded operations; or to achieve operating efficiencies or otherwise realize cost savings as a result of anticipated acquisition synergies. The integration of acquired businesses involves numerous risks, including the following:
 
 	•	 	the potential disruption of our core business;	
 
 	•	 	the potential strain on our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems and procedures;	
 
 	•	 	potential unknown liabilities associated with the acquired business;	
 
 	•	 	unanticipated costs associated with the acquisition;	
 
 	•	 	diversion of management’s attention from our core business;	
 
 	•	 	problems assimilating the purchased operations, technologies, or products;	
 
 	•	 	risks associated with entering markets and businesses in which we have little or no prior experience;	
 
 	•	 	failure of acquired businesses to achieve expected results;	
 
 	•	 	adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;	
 
 	•	 	failure to retain key customers, suppliers, or personnel of acquired businesses;	
 
 	•	 	the risk of impairment charges related to potential write-downs of acquired assets; and	
 
 	•	 	creating uniform standards, controls, procedures, policies, and information systems.	
The valuation of our technology conducted in connection with our international operating structure may be challenged, which could result in additional taxes, interest, and penalties.
Under our international operating structure, one of our affiliates licensed from us certain rights to the pre-existing and in-process technology associated with our products for exploitation in all geographic markets except the U.S., Japanese, and Korean markets, which we refer to as “ROW markets.” Our affiliate also acquired ownership of all future economic rights to product sales in ROW markets by entering into an agreement to license certain intangibles and a cost-sharing agreement under which we and our affiliate share research and development costs in accordance with certain tax rules and regulations. We believe this structure appropriately reflects where our profits are generated and may result in future tax advantages to us, but there can be no assurances that this will be the case.
In fiscal 2011, we were notified by the Internal Revenue Service, or the Service, that our fiscal 2003 through 2006 and fiscal 2008 through 2010 would be subject to an audit. While we believe our unrecognized tax benefits associated with the years and issues under audit are adequate, we can make no assurances that an assessment, if any, will not exceed our accrued unrecognized tax benefits.
 
30

Table of Contents
Repatriation of our foreign earnings to the United States or changes in tax laws may adversely affect our future reported tax rates and financial results or the way we conduct our business.
Changes in tax laws may adversely affect our future reported tax rates and financial results or the way we conduct our business. We consider the undistributed operating earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries of approximately $334.8 million as of the end of fiscal 2012, to be indefinitely invested outside the United States and have not provided for U.S. federal and state income taxes that may result from future remittances of those undistributed operating earnings. Proposals to reform U.S. tax laws, including proposals that could reduce or eliminate the deferral of U.S. income tax on our foreign subsidiaries’ undistributed earnings, could require those earnings to be taxed at the U.S. federal income tax rate.
Currently our investments in auction rate securities, or ARS investments, are not liquid, and we may lose some or all of our principal invested or may be required to further reduce the carrying value if the issuers are not able to meet their payment obligations or if we sell our ARS investments before they recover.
We ended fiscal 2012 with $27.4 million invested in ARS investments for which the auctions have failed and our investments are not liquid. The carrying value of these investments was $15.3 million, reflecting $14.0 million of other-than-temporary impairment, partially offset by $2.0 million of unrealized recovery. If the issuers are not able to meet their payment obligations or if we sell our ARS investments before they recover, we may lose some or all of the principal invested or may be required to further reduce the carrying value. This would adversely affect our financial position, operating results, and cash flows.
Legislation affecting the markets in which we participate could adversely affect our ability to implement our growth strategies.
Our ability to expand our business may be adversely impacted by future laws or regulations. Our customers’ products may be subject to laws relating to environmental regulations, communications, encryption technology, electronic commerce, e-signatures, governmental control over content, and privacy. Any of these laws could be expensive to comply with, and the marketability of our products could be adversely affected.
We face risks associated with security breaches or cyber attacks.
We face risks associated with security breaches or cyber attacks of our computer systems or those of our third-party representatives, vendors, and service providers. Although we have implemented security procedures and controls to address these threats, our systems may still be vulnerable to data theft, computer viruses, programming errors, attacks by third parties, or similar disruptive problems. If we were to experience a security breach or cyber attack, we could be required to incur substantial costs and liabilities, including the following: expenses to rectify the consequences of the security breach or cyber attack, liability for stolen assets or information, costs of repairing damage to our systems, lost revenue and income resulting from any system downtime caused by such breach or attack, increased costs of cybersecurity protection, costs of incentives we may be required to offer to our customers or business partners to retain their business, and damage to our reputation. In addition, any compromise of security or a cyber attack could deter customers or business partners from entering into transactions that involve providing confidential information to us. Furthermore, if confidential customer information or information belonging to our business partners is misappropriated from our systems, we could be sued by those who assert we did not take adequate precautions to safeguard our systems and confidential data belonging to our customers or business partners, which could subject us to liability and result in significant legal expenses of defending these claims. As a result, any compromise of security of our systems or cyber attack could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, and operating results.
 
31

Table of Contents
We must finance the growth of our business and the development of new products, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results.
To remain competitive, we must continue to make significant investments in research and development, marketing, and business development. Our failure to increase sufficiently our net revenue to offset these increased costs would adversely affect our operating results.
From time to time, we may seek additional equity or debt financing to provide for funds required to expand our business, including through acquisitions. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such requirements at this time. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired and our operating results may suffer. Debt financing increases expenses and must be repaid regardless of operating results. Equity financing could result in additional dilution to existing stockholders.
We consider the undistributed operating earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely invested outside the United States. If we were to distribute a portion of those earnings to our U.S. parent company to finance our future growth, we would be required to pay U.S. federal and state taxes on the distribution and further may be required to accrue U.S. and state taxes on the remaining undistributed operating earnings, which would adversely affect our tax rate and financial results.
Our target markets are cyclical and may result in fluctuations in our operating results.
The PC and electronics industries have experienced significant economic downturns at various times. These downturns are characterized by diminished product demand, accelerated erosion of average selling prices, and production overcapacity. In addition, the PC and electronics industries are cyclical in nature. We seek to reduce our exposure to industry downturns and cyclicality by providing design and production services for leading companies in rapidly expanding industry segments. We may, however, experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in future operating results because of general industry conditions or events occurring in the general economy.
Continuing uncertainty of the U.S. and global economy may have serious implications for the growth and stability of our business and may negatively affect our stock price.
The revenue growth and profitability of our business depends significantly on the overall demand in the notebook computer market, including ultrabooks, in the markets for digital lifestyle products and other electronic devices, including mobile smartphones and feature phones, and in the tablet market. Softening demand in these markets caused by ongoing economic uncertainty may result in decreased revenue or earnings levels or growth rates. The U.S. and global economy has been historically cyclical, and market conditions continue to be challenging, which has resulted in individuals and companies delaying or reducing expenditures. Further delays or reductions in spending could have a material adverse effect on demand for our products, and consequently on our business, financial condition, operating results, prospects, and stock price.
We expect to incur additional expenses in complying with corporate governance and public disclosure requirements.
Changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including SEC regulations and Nasdaq Global Select Market rules, create uncertainty and increased expenses for companies such as ours. New or changed laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure. As a result, our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. We expect these efforts to require the continued commitment of significant resources. In addition, it may become more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. As a result, we may have difficulty attracting and retaining qualified board members, which could harm our business. If our efforts to comply with new or changed laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, our reputation may be harmed.
 
32

Table of Contents
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act requires the SEC to establish new disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who use “conflict” minerals mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries in their products, whether or not these products are manufactured by third parties. When these new requirements are implemented, they could adversely affect the sourcing and availability of minerals used in the manufacture of our products. There will also be costs associated with complying with the disclosure requirements, including for due diligence in regard to the sources of any conflict minerals used in our products, in addition to the cost of remediation and other changes to products, processes, or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities.
The accounting requirements for income taxes on certain of our share-based awards will subject our future quarterly and annual effective tax rates to greater volatility and, consequently, our ability to estimate reasonably our future quarterly and annual effective tax rates is greatly diminished.
We recognize tax benefit upon expensing nonqualified stock options and deferred stock units, or DSUs, issued under our share-based compensation plans. However, under current accounting standards, we cannot recognize tax benefit concurrent with expensing incentive stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares (qualified stock options) issued under our share-based compensation plans. For qualified stock options that vested after our adoption of the applicable accounting standards, we recognize the tax benefit only in the period when disqualifying dispositions of the underlying stock occur and, for qualified stock options that vested prior to our adoption of the applicable accounting standards, the tax benefit is recorded directly to additional paid-in capital. Accordingly, because we cannot recognize the tax benefit for share-based compensation expense associated with qualified stock options until the occurrence of future disqualifying dispositions of the underlying stock and such disqualified dispositions may happen in periods when our stock price substantially increases, and because a portion of that tax benefit may be directly recorded to additional paid-in capital, our future quarterly and annual effective tax rates will be subject to greater volatility and, consequently, our ability to estimate reasonably our future quarterly and annual effective tax rates is greatly diminished.
Future changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse unexpected fluctuations and affect our reported operating results.
A change in accounting standards or practices could have a significant effect on our reported operating results. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred in the past and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.
Further, the U.S.-based Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, is currently working together with the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, on several projects to further align accounting principles and facilitate more comparable financial reporting between companies who are required to follow U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, under SEC regulations and those who are required to follow International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, outside of the United States. These efforts by the FASB and IASB may result in different accounting principles under GAAP that may result in materially different financial results for us in areas including, but not limited to, principles for recognizing revenue and lease accounting.
It is not clear if or when these potential changes in accounting principles may become effective, whether we have the proper systems and controls in place to accommodate such changes, and the impact that any such changes may have on our consolidated financial position, operating results, and cash flows. In addition, as we evolve and change our business and sales models, we are currently unable to take into account how these potential changes may impact our new models, particularly in the area of revenue recognition.
Our charter documents and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, and discourage a takeover.
Our certificate of incorporation and the Delaware General Corporation Law contain provisions that may have the effect of making more difficult or delaying attempts by others to obtain control of our company, even when these attempts may be in the best interests of our stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation also authorizes our Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, to issue one or more series of preferred stock, which could have voting and conversion rights that adversely affect or dilute the voting power of the holders of common stock. Delaware law also imposes conditions on certain business combination transactions with “interested stockholders.” Our certificate of incorporation divides our Board of Directors into three classes, with one class to stand for election each year for a three-year term after the election. The classification of directors tends to discourage a third party from initiating a proxy solicitation or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company and may maintain the incumbency of our Board of Directors, as this structure generally increases the difficulty of, or may delay, replacing a majority of directors. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to fill vacancies or newly created directorships. A majority of the directors then in office may elect a successor to fill any vacancies or newly created directorships.
 
33

Table of Contents
Sales of large numbers of shares could adversely affect the price of our common stock.
As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, all of the outstanding shares of our common stock were eligible for resale in the public markets. Of these shares, approximately one-third were held by affiliates and were eligible for resale in the public markets subject to compliance with the volume and manner of sale rules of Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and the balance of the shares were eligible for resale in the public markets as unrestricted shares. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, any person (or persons whose shares are aggregated for purposes of Rule 144) who is deemed an affiliate of our company and beneficially owns restricted securities with respect to which at least six months has elapsed since the later of the date the shares were acquired from us, or from an affiliate of ours, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume in common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 also are subject to certain manner-of-sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits our employees, officers, directors, and consultants who purchase shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract to resell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with specific restrictions. Rule 701 provides that affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirement and non-affiliates may sell their shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. A person who is not an affiliate, who has not been an affiliate within three months prior to sale, and who beneficially owns restricted securities with respect to which at least one year has elapsed since the later of the date the shares were acquired from us, or from an affiliate of ours, is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to any of the volume limitations or other requirements described above. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices.
We have registered an aggregate of $100.0 million of common stock and preferred stock for issuance in connection with acquisitions, which shares generally will be freely tradeable after their issuance under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, unless held by an affiliate of the acquired company, in which case such shares will be subject to the volume and manner of sale restrictions of Rule 144 discussed above. The issuance or subsequent sale of these shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices.
We have registered for offer and sale the shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance pursuant to our outstanding share-based compensation plans. Shares issued in connection with our share-based compensation plans generally will be eligible for sale in the public market, except that affiliates will continue to be subject to volume limitations and other requirements of Rule 144. The issuance or subsequent sale of such shares could depress the market price of our common stock.
The market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile.
The trading price of our common stock has been and may continue to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, including the following:
 
 	•	 	variations in our quarterly results;	
 
 	•	 	the financial guidance we may provide to the public, any changes in such guidance, or our failure to meet such guidance;	
 
 	•	 	changes in financial estimates by industry or securities analysts or our failure to meet such estimates;	
 
 	•	 	various market factors or perceived market factors, including rumors, whether or not correct, involving us, our customers, our suppliers, or our competitors;	
 
 	•	 	announcements of technological innovations by us or by our competitors;	
 
 	•	 	introductions of new products or new pricing policies by us or by our competitors;	
 
34

Table of Contents
 	•	 	acquisitions or strategic alliances by us or by our competitors;	
 
 	•	 	recruitment or departure of key personnel;	
 
 	•	 	the gain or loss of significant orders;	
 
 	•	 	the gain or loss of significant customers;	
 
 	•	 	market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers, and the economy as a whole;	
 
 	•	 	short positions held by investors; and	
 
 	•	 	general financial market conditions or occurrences.	
In addition, stocks of technology companies have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to these companies’ operating performance. Public announcements by technology companies concerning, among other things, their performance, accounting practices, or legal problems could cause the market price of our common stock to decline regardless of our actual operating performance.
 
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	
Our principal executive offices as well as our principal research, development, sales, marketing, and administrative functions are currently located in our 70,000 square foot facility in Santa Clara, California and an adjacent 64,000 square foot facility. In July 2012, we purchased three office buildings containing approximately 151,000 square feet of space located in San Jose, California. During fiscal 2013, we plan to consolidate our Santa Clara workforce at this location, which will become our new principal executive offices as well as the site of our principal research, development, sales, marketing, and administrative functions. We plan to sell our existing principal executive office property in Santa Clara during fiscal 2013. We lease approximately 34,000 square feet in New York used for research and development; approximately 7,000 square feet in Texas for sales and research and development; and approximately 4,000 square feet in Idaho for research and development. Our Asia/Pacific headquarters are located in Hong Kong where we lease approximately 20,000 square feet of space. We also maintain approximately 22,000 square feet of office space in Taiwan, approximately 20,000 square feet of office space in China, approximately 6,000 square feet of office space in Japan, approximately 10,000 square feet of office space in Korea, and approximately 1,100 square feet of office space in Switzerland. We have satellite sales support offices in Finland and Texas.
 
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	
None.
 
ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	
Not applicable.
 
35

Table of Contents
PART II
 
ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	
Market Information on Common Stock
Our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (formerly on the Nasdaq National Market) under the symbol “SYNA” since January 29, 2002. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices of our common stock as quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

 	  	High	 	  	Low	 	
Fiscal 2012:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
First quarter	  	$	26.21	  	  	$	21.97	  	
Second quarter	  	$	36.94	  	  	$	22.65	  	
Third quarter	  	$	39.89	  	  	$	30.00	  	
Fourth quarter	  	$	36.73	  	  	$	24.78	  	
 	 	 	
Fiscal 2011:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
First quarter	  	$	33.33	  	  	$	24.97	  	
Second quarter	  	$	30.96	  	  	$	23.82	  	
Third quarter	  	$	32.24	  	  	$	26.52	  	
Fourth quarter	  	$	30.30	  	  	$	24.92	  	
Stockholders
As of August 13, 2012, there were approximately 150 holders of record of our common stock.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently plan to retain any earnings to finance the growth of our business, or purchase shares under our common stock purchase program rather than to pay cash dividends. Payments of any cash dividends in the future will depend on our financial condition, operating results, and capital requirements as well as other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.
Our revolving line of credit also places restrictions on the payment of any dividends.
 
36

Table of Contents
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
From April 2005 through June 2012, our Board of Directors has cumulatively authorized $520.0 million for our common stock repurchase program, which expires in October 2013. The remaining amount authorized for the repurchase of our common stock is $106.1 million. Repurchases under the stock repurchase program during the three-month period ended June 30, 2012 were as follows:

Period	  	Total
Number
of Shares
Purchased	 	  	Average
Price
Paid per
Share	 	  	Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced
Program	 	  	Maximum
Dollar Value
of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Program	 	
April 1, 2012 — April 28, 2012	  	 	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	$	134,333,000	  	
April 29, 2012 — May 26, 2012	  	 	966,293	  	  	 	27.54	  	  	 	966,293	  	  	 	107,720,000	  	
May 27, 2012 — June 30, 2012	  	 	60,000	  	  	 	26.76	  	  	 	60,000	  	  	 	106,114,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	1,026,293	  	  	 	27.50	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	

37

Table of Contents
Performance Graph
The following line graph compares cumulative total stockholder returns for the five years ended June 30, 2012 for (i) our common stock, (ii) the Nasdaq Composite Index, and (iii) the Nasdaq Computer Index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on June 30, 2007. The calculations of cumulative stockholder return on the Nasdaq Composite Index and the Nasdaq Computer Index include reinvestment of dividends. The calculation of cumulative stockholder return on our common stock does not include reinvestment of dividends because we did not pay any dividends during the measurement period. The historical performance shown is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

The performance graph above shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. The performance graph above will not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing of our company under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.
 
38

Table of Contents
ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	
The following presents selected financial data for each fiscal year in the five-year period ended June 30, 2012. Our fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Saturday in June. Fiscal 2012 was a 53-week period and the other fiscal years presented were 52-week periods. Our past results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations. You should read the selected financial data below in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this report.

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2008	 	
 	  	(in thousands, except per share amounts)	 	
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenue	  	$	548,228	  	  	 	598,538	  	  	$	514,890	  	 	$	473,302	  	 	$	361,057	  	
Cost of revenue	  	 	292,661	  	  	 	352,468	  	  	 	306,188	  	 	 	281,793	  	 	 	213,606	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross margin	  	 	255,567	  	  	 	246,070	  	  	 	208,702	  	 	 	191,509	  	 	 	147,451	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Research and development	  	 	117,954	  	  	 	105,003	  	  	 	86,552	  	 	 	68,026	  	 	 	50,093	  	
Selling, general, and administrative	  	 	70,045	  	  	 	68,549	  	  	 	60,027	  	 	 	54,014	  	 	 	48,126	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	  	 	187,999	  	  	 	173,552	  	  	 	146,579	  	 	 	122,040	  	 	 	98,219	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	67,568	  	  	 	72,518	  	  	 	62,123	  	 	 	69,469	  	 	 	49,232	  	
Interest income/(expense), net	  	 	905	  	  	 	894	  	  	 	(1,423	) 	 	 	(3,831	) 	 	 	(110	) 	
Other charges or expenses	  	 	77	  	  	 	59	  	  	 	(443	) 	 	 	(10,296	) 	 	 	(8,274	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before provision for income taxes	  	 	68,550	  	  	 	73,471	  	  	 	60,257	  	 	 	55,342	  	 	 	40,848	  	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	14,406	  	  	 	9,675	  	  	 	7,292	  	 	 	7,263	  	 	 	14,485	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	54,144	  	  	$	63,796	  	  	$	52,965	  	 	$	48,079	  	 	$	26,363	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic(1)	  	$	1.64	  	  	$	1.87	  	  	$	1.57	  	 	$	1.41	  	 	$	0.70	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted(1)	  	$	1.57	  	  	$	1.80	  	  	$	1.50	  	 	$	1.35	  	 	$	0.67	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shares used in computing net income per share:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic(1)	  	 	33,030	  	  	 	34,042	  	  	 	33,836	  	 	 	33,981	  	 	 	37,667	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted(1)	  	 	34,435	  	  	 	35,454	  	  	 	35,423	  	 	 	35,577	  	 	 	39,365	  	

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments	  	$	305,005	  	  	$	247,153	  	  	$	209,858	  	 	$	191,970	  	 	$	146,516	  	
Working capital	  	 	340,579	  	  	 	281,423	  	  	 	228,534	  	 	 	159,693	  	 	 	189,851	  	
Total assets	  	 	541,505	  	  	 	456,201	  	  	 	414,679	  	 	 	376,150	  	 	 	305,249	  	
Current debt	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	63,234	  	 	 	—  	  	
Long-term debt	  	 	2,305	  	  	 	2,305	  	  	 	2,305	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	112,089	  	
Treasury shares, at cost	  	 	413,885	  	  	 	352,142	  	  	 	281,932	  	 	 	237,387	  	 	 	237,387	  	
Total stockholders’ equity	  	 	396,790	  	  	 	339,993	  	  	 	286,511	  	 	 	222,606	  	 	 	121,214	  	

(1) All share and per share amounts reflect the 3-for-2 stock split effected as a stock dividend and paid on August 29, 2008.
Our basic net income per share amounts for each period presented have been computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our diluted net income per share amounts for each period presented include the weighted average effect of potentially dilutive shares. We used the “treasury stock” method to determine the dilutive effect of our stock options, DSUs, and convertible notes.
 
39

Table of Contents
ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
Forward-Looking Statements and Factors That May Affect Results
You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors, including those set forth under Item 1A. Risk Factors.
Overview
We are a leading worldwide developer and supplier of custom-designed human interface solutions that enable people to interact more easily and intuitively with a wide variety of mobile computing, communications, entertainment, and other electronic devices. We believe our results to date reflect the combination of our customer focus, the strength of our intellectual property, and our engineering know-how, which allow us to develop or engineer products that meet the demanding design specifications of OEMs.
We recognize revenue from product sales when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or title has transferred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. Our net revenue increased from $361.1 million for fiscal 2008 to $548.2 million for fiscal 2012, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 11%. For fiscal 2008, we derived 76% of our net revenue from the personal computer market and 24% of our net revenue from the digital lifestyle product markets. For fiscal 2012, revenue from the personal computer market accounted for 51% of our net revenue and revenue from the digital lifestyle product markets accounted for 49% of our net revenue.
Many of our customers have migrated their manufacturing operations from Taiwan to China, and many of our OEM customers have established design centers in that region. With our expanded global presence, including offices in China, Finland, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Switzerland, Taiwan, and the United States, we are well positioned to provide local sales, operational, and engineering support services to our existing customers, as well as potential new customers, on a global basis.
Our manufacturing operations are based on a variable cost model in which we outsource all of our production requirements and generally drop ship our products directly to our customers from our contract manufacturers’ facilities, eliminating the need for significant capital expenditures and allowing us to minimize our investment in inventories. This approach requires us to work closely with our contract manufacturers and semiconductor fabricators to ensure adequate production capacity to meet our forecasted volume requirements. We provide our contract manufacturers with six-month rolling forecasts and issue purchase orders based on our anticipated requirements for the next 90 days. However, we do not have any long-term supply contracts with any of our contract manufacturers. We use two third-party wafer manufacturers to supply wafers and one third-party packaging manufacturer to package our proprietary ASICs. In certain cases, we rely on a single source or a limited number of suppliers to provide other key components of our products. Our cost of revenue includes all costs associated with the production of our products, including materials, logistics, manufacturing, assembly, and test costs paid to third-party manufacturers and related overhead costs associated with our indirect manufacturing operations personnel. Additionally, we charge all warranty costs, yield losses, and any inventory provisions or write-downs to cost of revenue.
Our gross margin generally reflects the combination of the added value we bring to our OEM customers’ products in meeting their custom design requirements and the impact of our ongoing cost-improvement programs. These cost-improvement programs include reducing materials and component costs and implementing design and process improvements. Our newly introduced products may have lower margins than our more mature products, which have realized greater benefits associated with our ongoing cost-improvement programs. As a result, new product introductions may initially negatively impact our gross margin.
Our research and development expenses include costs for supplies and materials related to product development, as well as the engineering costs incurred to design human interface solutions for OEM customers prior to and after their commitment to incorporate those solutions into their products. These expenses have generally increased, reflecting our continuing commitment to the technological and design innovation required to maintain our position in our existing markets and to adapt our existing technologies or develop new technologies for new markets.
 
40

Table of Contents
Selling, general, and administrative expenses include expenses related to sales, marketing, and administrative personnel; internal sales and outside sales representatives’ commissions; market and usability research; outside legal, accounting, and consulting costs; and other marketing and sales activities. These expenses have generally increased, primarily reflecting incremental staffing and related support costs associated with our increased business levels, growth in our existing markets, and penetration into new markets.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, cost of revenue, inventories, product warranty, share-based compensation costs, provision for income taxes, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions, tax contingencies, goodwill, intangible assets, investments, and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience, applicable laws and regulations, and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The methods, estimates, interpretations, and judgments we use in applying our most critical accounting policies can have a significant impact on the results that we report in our consolidated financial statements. The SEC considers an entity’s most critical accounting policies to be those policies that are both most important to the portrayal of the entity’s financial condition and results of operations and those that require the entity’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make assumptions and estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue from product sales when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or title has transferred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured, which is generally upon shipment. We accrue for estimated sales returns and other allowances, based on historical experience, at the time we recognize revenue.
Investments
Accounting standards require us to record available-for-sale securities at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses being reported as a component of other comprehensive income. We follow the accounting standards to assess whether our investments with loss positions are other-than-temporarily impaired. We follow the hierarchal approach established under the accounting standards to determine fair value of our investments.
The accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Our fair value estimates consider, among other factors, the collateral underlying the security investments, creditworthiness of the counterparty, timing of expected future cash flows, and, in the case of ARS investments, the probability of a successful auction in a future period. We follow the guidance provided to estimate fair value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased in relation to normal market activity for the asset or liability, and to determine circumstances that may indicate that a transaction is not orderly.
Further, we use judgment in evaluating whether a decline in fair value is temporary or other-than-temporary and consider the following indicators: changes in credit ratings or asset quality; changes in the economic environment; length of time and extent to which fair value has been below cost basis; changes in market conditions; and changes in expected cash flows. We do not intend to sell the investments and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis. Temporary declines in fair value are recorded as charges to accumulated other comprehensive income in the equity section of our balance sheet, while other-than-temporary declines in fair value are bifurcated between credit losses, which are charged to earnings, and noncredit losses, which depending on facts and circumstances may be charged to other comprehensive income or earnings.
 
41

Table of Contents
Inventory
We state our inventories at the lower of cost or market. We base our assessment of the ultimate realization of inventories on our projections of future demand and market conditions. Sudden declines in demand, rapid product improvements, or technological changes, or any combination of these factors can cause us to have excess or obsolete inventories. On an ongoing basis, we review for estimated obsolete or unmarketable inventories and write down our inventories to their net realizable value based upon our forecasts of future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than our forecasts, additional inventory write-downs may be required. The following factors influence our estimates: changes to or cancellations of customer orders, unexpected decline in demand, rapid product improvements and technological advances, and termination or changes by our OEM customers of any product offerings incorporating our product solutions.
Periodically, we purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers when a customer delays its delivery schedule or cancels its order. In those circumstances in which our customer has cancelled its order and we purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers, we consider a write-down to reduce the carrying value of the inventory purchased to its net realizable value. We charge write-downs to reduce the carrying value of obsolete, slow moving, and non-usable inventory to net realizable value to cost of revenue. The effect of these write-downs is to establish a new cost basis in the related inventory, which we do not subsequently write up. We also record a liability and charge to cost of revenue for estimated losses on inventory we are obligated to purchase from our contract manufacturers when such losses become probable from customer delays or order cancellations.
Business Combinations
We have applied significant estimates and judgments in order to determine the fair value of the identified assets acquired, liabilities assumed, goodwill recognized, and contingent consideration recorded in connection with our business combinations to ensure the value of the assets and liabilities acquired are recognized at fair value as of the acquisition date. In measuring the fair value, we utilize valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, income approach, or cost approach.
The valuation of the identifiable assets and liabilities includes assumptions made in performing the valuation, such as projected revenue, weighted average cost of capital, discount rates, estimated useful lives, estimated probabilities of achieving contingent payment milestones, and other relevant assessments. These assessments can be significantly affected by our estimates, judgments, and assumptions.
We do not believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be material changes to our estimates, judgments, or assumptions. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates, judgments, or assumptions, or if additional or new information arises in the future that affects our fair value estimates, then adjustments to our initial fair value estimates may have a material impact to our purchase accounting or our results of operations.
Share-Based Compensation Costs
We account for employee share-based compensation costs in accordance with relevant accounting standards. We utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the grant date fair value of certain employee share-based compensatory awards, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected volatility and expected life. Historical and implied volatilities were used in estimating the fair value of our share-based awards. The expected life for our options was previously estimated based on historical trends since our initial public offering. In fiscal 2011, we began to grant options with a contractual life of seven years rather than ten years and now use the simplified method of establishing the expected life as we did not have any history of options with seven-year lives. Changes in these inputs and assumptions can materially affect the measure of estimated fair value of our share-based compensation. Estimated forfeitures for share-based awards that are not expected to vest are estimated based on historical trends since our initial public offering. We charge the estimated fair value less estimated forfeitures to earnings on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the underlying awards, which is generally four years for our stock options and DSUs and up to two years for our employee stock purchase plan.
The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. As our stock option and our employee stock purchase plan awards have characteristics that differ significantly from traded options, and as changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimated value, our estimate of fair value may not accurately represent the value assigned by a third party in an arms-length transaction. There currently is no market-based mechanism to verify the reliability and accuracy of the estimates derived from the Black-Scholes option pricing model or other allowable valuation models, nor is there a means to compare and adjust the estimates to actual values. While our estimate of fair value and the associated charge to earnings materially affects our results of operations, it has no impact on our cash position.
 
42

Table of Contents
There are significant variations among allowable valuation models, and there is a possibility that we may adopt a different valuation model or refine the inputs and assumptions under our current valuation model in the future, resulting in a lack of consistency in future periods. Our current or future valuation model and the inputs and assumptions we make may also lack comparability to other companies that use different models, inputs, or assumptions, and the resulting differences in comparability could be material.
Income Taxes
We recognize federal, foreign, and state current tax liabilities or assets based on our estimate of taxes payable or refundable in the then current fiscal year for each tax jurisdiction. We also recognize federal, foreign, and state deferred tax liabilities or assets for our estimate of future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards and record a valuation allowance to reduce any deferred tax assets by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available evidence and our judgment, are not expected to be realized. If our assumptions, and consequently our estimates, change in the future, the valuation allowance we have established for our deferred tax assets may be changed, which could impact income tax expense.
We use a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of highly complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, result of operations, or cash flows. We believe we have adequately provided for reasonably foreseeable outcomes in connection with the resolution of income tax uncertainties. However, our results have in the past, and could in the future, include favorable and unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period a determination of such estimated tax liability is made or resolved, upon the filing of an amended return, upon a change in facts, circumstances, or interpretation, or upon the expiration of a statute of limitation. Accordingly, our effective tax rate could fluctuate materially from period to period.
We consider the operating earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely invested outside the United States. Accordingly, no provision has been made for the U.S. federal, state, or foreign taxes that may result from future remittances of undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries.
We recognize tax benefit upon expensing certain share-based awards associated with our share-based compensation plans, including nonqualified stock options and DSUs, but we cannot recognize tax benefit concurrent with the recognition of share-based compensation expenses associated with qualified stock options (incentive stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares). For qualified stock options that vested after we began to expense share-based compensation, we recognize tax benefit only in the period when disqualifying dispositions of the underlying stock occur, which historically has been up to several years after vesting and in a period when our stock price substantially increases. For qualified stock options that vested prior to when we began to expense share-based compensation, we record the tax benefit directly to additional paid-in capital. As a result, our future quarterly and annual effective tax rates will be subject to greater volatility and, consequently, our ability to estimate reasonably our future quarterly and annual effective tax rates is greatly diminished.
 
43

Table of Contents
Results of Operations
The following sets forth certain of our consolidated statements of income data for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010, along with comparative information regarding the absolute and percentage changes in these amounts (in thousands, except percentages):

 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
PC applications	  	$	278,122	  	 	$	289,372	  	 	$	(11,250	) 	 	 	(3.9	%) 	 	$	289,372	  	 	$	305,737	  	 	$	(16,365	) 	 	 	(5.4	%) 	
Digital lifestyle product applications	  	 	270,106	  	 	 	309,166	  	 	 	(39,060	) 	 	 	(12.6	%) 	 	 	309,166	  	 	 	209,153	  	 	 	100,013	  	 	 	47.8	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenue	  	 	548,228	  	 	 	598,538	  	 	 	(50,310	) 	 	 	(8.4	%) 	 	 	598,538	  	 	 	514,890	  	 	 	83,648	  	 	 	16.2	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross margin	  	 	255,567	  	 	 	246,070	  	 	 	9,497	  	 	 	3.9	% 	 	 	246,070	  	 	 	208,702	  	 	 	37,368	  	 	 	17.9	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Research and development	  	 	117,954	  	 	 	105,003	  	 	 	12,951	  	 	 	12.3	% 	 	 	105,003	  	 	 	86,552	  	 	 	18,451	  	 	 	21.3	% 	
Selling, general, and administrative	  	 	70,045	  	 	 	68,549	  	 	 	1,496	  	 	 	2.2	% 	 	 	68,549	  	 	 	60,027	  	 	 	8,522	  	 	 	14.2	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	67,568	  	 	 	72,518	  	 	 	(4,950	) 	 	 	(6.8	%) 	 	 	72,518	  	 	 	62,123	  	 	 	10,395	  	 	 	16.7	% 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest income	  	 	922	  	 	 	911	  	 	 	11	  	 	 	1.2	% 	 	 	911	  	 	 	977	  	 	 	(66	) 	 	 	(6.8	%) 	
Interest expense	  	 	(17	) 	 	 	(17	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	0.0	% 	 	 	(17	) 	 	 	(2,400	) 	 	 	2,383	  	 	 	(99.3	%) 	
Impairment (loss)/recovery on investments, net	  	 	77	  	 	 	59	  	 	 	18	  	 	 	30.5	% 	 	 	59	  	 	 	(443	) 	 	 	502	  	 	 	(113.3	%) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before provision for income taxes	  	 	68,550	  	 	 	73,471	  	 	 	(4,921	) 	 	 	(6.7	%) 	 	 	73,471	  	 	 	60,257	  	 	 	13,214	  	 	 	21.9	% 	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	14,406	  	 	 	9,675	  	 	 	4,731	  	 	 	48.9	% 	 	 	9,675	  	 	 	7,292	  	 	 	2,383	  	 	 	32.7	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	54,144	  	 	$	63,796	  	 	$	(9,652	) 	 	 	(15.1	%) 	 	$	63,796	  	 	$	52,965	  	 	$	10,831	  	 	 	20.4	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The following sets forth certain of our consolidated statements of income data as a percentage of net revenues for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010:

 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	Percentage
Point
Increase
(Decrease)	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	Percentage
Point
Increase
(Decrease)	 	
PC applications	  	 	50.7	% 	 	 	48.3	% 	 	 	2.4	% 	 	 	48.3	% 	 	 	59.4	% 	 	 	(11.1	%) 	
Digital lifestyle product applications	  	 	49.3	% 	 	 	51.7	% 	 	 	(2.4	%) 	 	 	51.7	% 	 	 	40.6	% 	 	 	11.1	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenue	  	 	100.0	% 	 	 	100.0	% 	 	 	 	 	 	 	100.0	% 	 	 	100.0	% 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross margin	  	 	46.6	% 	 	 	41.1	% 	 	 	5.5	% 	 	 	41.1	% 	 	 	40.5	% 	 	 	0.6	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Research and development	  	 	21.5	% 	 	 	17.5	% 	 	 	4.0	% 	 	 	17.5	% 	 	 	16.8	% 	 	 	0.7	% 	
Selling, general, and administrative	  	 	12.8	% 	 	 	11.5	% 	 	 	1.3	% 	 	 	11.5	% 	 	 	11.7	% 	 	 	(0.2	%) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	12.3	% 	 	 	12.1	% 	 	 	0.2	% 	 	 	12.1	% 	 	 	12.1	% 	 	 	0.0	% 	
Income before provision for income taxes	  	 	12.5	% 	 	 	12.3	% 	 	 	0.2	% 	 	 	12.3	% 	 	 	11.7	% 	 	 	0.6	% 	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	2.6	% 	 	 	1.6	% 	 	 	1.0	% 	 	 	1.6	% 	 	 	1.4	% 	 	 	0.2	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	9.9	% 	 	 	10.7	% 	 	 	(0.8	%) 	 	 	10.7	% 	 	 	10.3	% 	 	 	0.4	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fiscal 2012 Compared with Fiscal 2011
Net Revenue.
Net revenue was $548.2 million for fiscal 2012 compared with $598.5 million for fiscal 2011, a decrease of $50.3 million, or 8.4%. Of our fiscal 2012 net revenue, $278.1 million, or 50.7%, of net revenue was from the personal computing market and $270.1 million, or 49.3%, of net revenue was from the digital lifestyle product markets, including $260.8 million from mobile smartphones and feature phones. The overall decrease in net revenue for fiscal 2012 was attributable to a $39.1 million, or 12.6%, decrease in net revenue from digital lifestyle product applications and a decrease of $11.3 million, or 3.9%, in net revenue from PC applications. Specific reasons for the decrease in net revenue were primarily attributable to a lower priced product mix in the digital lifestyle product markets and lower revenue from PC peripherals. Net revenue from digital lifestyle products, which primarily consists of mobile products, was down due to a shift in revenue from higher priced full sensor module solutions to lower priced chip or tail solutions, partially offset by an increase in mobile product unit shipments.
 
44

Table of Contents
Based on industry estimates of unit shipments, the notebook market is anticipated to increase approximately 8% and the mobile smartphone market is anticipated to increase approximately 36% from calendar 2011 to 2012.
Gross Margin.
Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue was 46.6%, or $255.6 million, for fiscal 2012 compared with 41.1%, or $246.1 million, for fiscal 2011. The 550 basis point improvement in gross margin was primarily attributable to a shift in mobile product revenue from lower margin full sensor module solutions to higher margin chip or tail solutions.
We continuously introduce new product solutions, many of which have life cycles of less than a year. Further, as we sell our capacitive sensing technology in designs that are generally unique or specific to an OEM customer’s application, gross margin varies on a product-by-product basis, making our cumulative gross margin a blend of our product specific designs and independent of the vertical markets that our products serve. As a virtual manufacturer, our gross margin percentage is generally not impacted materially by our shipment volume. We charge write-downs to reduce the carrying value of obsolete, slow moving, and non-usable inventory to net realizable value, including warranty costs, to cost of revenue.
Operating Expenses.
Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses increased as a percentage of net revenue to 21.5% from 17.5%, and the cost of research and development activities increased $13.0 million, or 12.3%, to $118.0 million in fiscal 2012 compared with $105.0 million in fiscal 2011. The increase in research and development expenses primarily reflected a $12.0 million increase in employee compensation and employment-related costs, resulting from a 9.6% increase in research and development staffing and annual compensation adjustments.
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of net revenue to 12.8% from 11.5%, and the cost of selling, general, and administrative activities increased $1.5 million, or 2.2%, to $70.0 million in fiscal 2012 compared with $68.5 million in fiscal 2011. The increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses primarily reflected a $4.8 million increase in employee compensation and employment-related costs resulting from a 5.2% increase in selling, general, and administrative staffing and annual compensation adjustments, partially offset by a $2.7 million reduction in non-recurring executive officer resignation costs.
Operating Income.
We generated operating income of $67.6 million, or 12.3% of net revenue, for fiscal 2012, a decrease of $4.9 million compared with $72.5 million, or 12.1% of net revenue, for fiscal 2011. As discussed in the preceding paragraphs, the decrease in operating income was primarily attributable to a decrease in net revenue and a $14.4 million increase in our operating expenses, partially offset by an increase in gross profit resulting from improved gross margins.
Non-Operating Income.
Interest Income. Interest income was $922,000 for fiscal 2012 compared with $911,000 for fiscal 2011.
Interest Expense. Interest expense was $17,000 for fiscal 2012 and 2011.
Impairment of Investments. For fiscal 2012, we recognized a gain of $77,000 on the redemption of $10.1 million of our ARS investments. For fiscal 2011, we recognized a gain of $59,000 on the redemption of $3.2 million of our ARS investments.
 
45

Table of Contents
Provision for Income Taxes.
The provision for income taxes was $14.4 million and $9.7 million for fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively. The income tax provision represented estimated U.S. federal, state, and foreign taxes for fiscal 2012 and 2011. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 was approximately 21.0% and diverged from the combined federal and state statutory rate, primarily as a result of an increase in profits in lower tax rate jurisdictions and the benefit of research tax credits, partially offset by the foreign withholding taxes and net unrecognized tax benefits associated with qualified stock options. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 was approximately 13.2% and diverged from the combined federal and state statutory rate, primarily as a result of an increase in profits in lower tax rate jurisdictions, the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits, and the benefit of research tax credits, partially offset by the foreign withholding taxes and net unrecognized tax benefits associated with qualified stock options.
Tax benefit associated with total share-based compensation was approximately $9.6 million and $9.7 million for fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively. Excluding the impact of share-based compensation and the related tax benefit, the effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 and 2011 would have been 23.4% and 18.1%, respectively.
In May 2011, we were notified by the Service that our fiscal 2003 through 2006 and fiscal 2008 through 2010 would be subject to an audit. The early periods are being audited in connection with a mandatory review of tax refunds in excess of $2.0 million when we carried back our fiscal 2008 net operating loss. In April 2012, we received notices of proposed adjustments disallowing certain interest deductions resulting in a potential tax liability of approximately $1.0 million, excluding interest and penalties. We intend to contest the proposed adjustments through the administrative process. While we believe our unrecognized tax benefits associated with the years and issues under audit are adequate, we can make no assurances that an assessment, if any, will not exceed our accrued unrecognized tax benefits.
Fiscal 2011 Compared with Fiscal 2010
Net Revenue.
Net revenue was $598.5 million for fiscal 2011 compared with $514.9 million for fiscal 2010, an increase of $83.6 million, or 16.2%. Of our fiscal 2011 net revenue, $289.4 million, or 48.3%, of net revenue was from the personal computing market and $309.1 million, or 51.7%, of net revenue was from the digital lifestyle product markets, including $304.5 million from mobile smartphones and feature phones. The increase in net revenue for fiscal 2011 was attributable to a $100.0 million, or 47.8%, increase in net revenue from digital lifestyle product applications, partially offset by a decline of $16.4 million, or 5.4%, in net revenue from PC applications due to the weakness in the consumer notebook computer market. The overall increase in net revenue was primarily attributable to a 68.4% increase in unit shipments of digital lifestyle products reflecting higher market penetration of our products in these markets, partially offset by an 8.2% decline in unit shipments in the personal computing market as well as lower priced product mix in the digital lifestyle product markets, general competitive pricing pressure, and a $27.1 million decline in portable digital entertainment device revenue.
Gross Margin.
Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue was 41.1%, or $246.1 million, for fiscal 2011 compared with 40.5%, or $208.7 million, for fiscal 2010. As each custom-designed module we sell utilizes our capacitive sensing technology in a design that is generally unique or specific to an OEM customer’s application, gross margin varies on a product-by-product basis, making our cumulative gross margin a blend of our product specific designs and independent of the vertical markets that our products serve. As a virtual manufacturer, our gross margin percentage is generally not impacted materially by our shipment volume. We charge write-downs to reduce the carrying value of obsolete, slow moving, and non-usable inventory to net realizable value, including warranty costs, to cost of revenue.
Operating Expenses.
Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses increased as a percentage of net revenue to 17.5% from 16.8%, and the cost of research and development activities increased $18.5 million, or 21.3%, to $105.0 million in fiscal 2011 compared with $86.6 million in fiscal 2010. The increase in research and development expenses primarily reflected a $9.3 million increase in employee compensation and employment-related costs, resulting from a 19.8% increase in research and development staffing, annual compensation adjustments, a $4.1 million increase in infrastructure and support costs for the additional staffing, a $3.7 million increase in temporary services, and a $1.1 million increase in project specific costs.
 
46

Table of Contents
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased slightly as a percentage of net revenue to 11.5% from 11.7%, and the cost of selling, general, and administrative activities increased $8.5 million, or 14.2%, to $68.5 million in fiscal 2011 compared with $60.0 million in fiscal 2010. The increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses primarily reflected a $3.5 million increase in employee compensation and employment-related costs, resulting from a 10.9% increase in selling, general, and administrative staffing and annual compensation adjustments; $2.7 million of non-recurring executive officer resignation costs; a $1.1 million increase in travel and entertainment costs; and a $728,000 increase in professional fees.
Operating Income.
We generated operating income of $72.5 million, or 12.1% of net revenue, for fiscal 2011, an increase of $10.4 million compared with $62.1 million, or 12.1% of net revenue, for fiscal 2010. As discussed in the preceding paragraphs, the increase in operating income was primarily attributable to an increase in net revenue and gross profit, partially offset by a $27.0 million increase in our operating expenses.
Non-Operating Income/(Loss).
Interest Income. Interest income was $911,000 for fiscal 2011 compared with $977,000 for fiscal 2010. The decrease in interest income resulted from lower average interest rates, partially offset by higher average invested cash balances.
Interest Expense. Interest expense was $17,000 and $2.4 million for fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. The reduction in interest expense resulted from the settlement of all but $2.3 million of our convertible notes in December 2009.
Impairment of Investments. In fiscal 2010, a portion of our ARS investments were converted to auction rate preferred stock. Accordingly, we wrote down the remaining value based on our fair value analysis and taking into account the period of time the fair value has been less than our cost. For fiscal 2011, we recognized a gain of $59,000 on the redemption of $3.2 million of our ARS investments and for fiscal 2010 we reduced the carrying value of our ARS investments by $443,000 through an other-than-temporary impairment charge to income.
Provision for Income Taxes.
The provision for income taxes was $9.7 million and $7.3 million for fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. The income tax provision represented estimated federal, state, and foreign taxes for fiscal 2011 and 2010. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 was approximately 13.2% and diverged from the combined federal and state statutory rate, primarily as a result of an increase in profits in lower tax rate jurisdictions, the release of unrecognized tax benefits, and the benefit of research tax credits, partially offset by the foreign withholding taxes and net unrecognized tax benefits associated with qualified stock options. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2010 was approximately 12.1% and diverged from the combined federal and state statutory rate, primarily as a result of an increase in profits in lower tax rate jurisdictions, the recognition of tax benefit on the carryback of a prior year net operating loss of $1.8 million, the release of unrecognized tax benefits, and the benefit of research tax credits, partially offset by foreign withholding taxes, a write-down of state deferred tax assets, and net unrecognized tax benefits associated with qualified stock options.
Tax benefit associated with total share-based compensation was approximately $9.7 million and $9.6 million for fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. Excluding the impact of share-based compensation and the related tax benefit, the effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 and 2010 would have been 18.1% and 17.7%, respectively.
 
47

Table of Contents
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the eight quarters in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012. The following table should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this report. We have prepared this unaudited information on the same basis as our audited financial statements. This table includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for the quarters presented. Past results of operations are not necessarily indicative of future operating performance; accordingly, you should not draw any conclusions about our future results from the results of operations for any quarter presented.

 	  	Three Months Ended	 	
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)	  	June
2012	 	 	March
2012	 	 	December
2011	 	 	September
2011	 	 	June
2011	 	 	March
2011	 	 	December
2010	 	 	September
2010	 	
Net revenue	  	$	137,607	  	 	$	131,705	  	 	$	145,470	  	 	$	133,446	  	 	$	143,366	  	 	$	142,406	  	 	$	159,581	  	 	$	153,185	  	
Cost of revenue	  	 	74,203	  	 	 	69,525	  	 	 	76,747	  	 	 	72,186	  	 	 	82,778	  	 	 	84,790	  	 	 	94,543	  	 	 	90,357	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross margin	  	 	63,404	  	 	 	62,180	  	 	 	68,723	  	 	 	61,260	  	 	 	60,588	  	 	 	57,616	  	 	 	65,038	  	 	 	62,828	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Research and development	  	 	30,476	  	 	 	29,415	  	 	 	29,837	  	 	 	28,226	  	 	 	27,487	  	 	 	25,956	  	 	 	26,640	  	 	 	24,920	  	
Selling, general, and administrative	  	 	17,584	  	 	 	18,031	  	 	 	17,721	  	 	 	16,709	  	 	 	16,799	  	 	 	17,244	  	 	 	18,958	  	 	 	15,548	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	  	 	48,060	  	 	 	47,446	  	 	 	47,558	  	 	 	44,935	  	 	 	44,286	  	 	 	43,200	  	 	 	45,598	  	 	 	40,468	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	15,344	  	 	 	14,734	  	 	 	21,165	  	 	 	16,325	  	 	 	16,302	  	 	 	14,416	  	 	 	19,440	  	 	 	22,360	  	
Interest income	  	 	240	  	 	 	231	  	 	 	251	  	 	 	200	  	 	 	232	  	 	 	242	  	 	 	226	  	 	 	211	  	
Interest expense	  	 	(4	) 	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	(5	) 	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	(5	) 	 	 	(4	) 	
Impairment (loss)/recovery of investments	  	 	18	  	 	 	46	  	 	 	(7	) 	 	 	20	  	 	 	39	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	  	 	15,598	  	 	 	15,007	  	 	 	21,404	  	 	 	16,541	  	 	 	16,569	  	 	 	14,664	  	 	 	19,661	  	 	 	22,577	  	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	3,298	  	 	 	3,561	  	 	 	4,021	  	 	 	3,526	  	 	 	2,646	  	 	 	1,168	  	 	 	1,983	  	 	 	3,878	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	12,300	  	 	$	11,446	  	 	$	17,383	  	 	$	13,015	  	 	$	13,923	  	 	$	13,496	  	 	$	17,678	  	 	$	18,699	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	  	$	0.37	  	 	$	0.34	  	 	$	0.53	  	 	$	0.40	  	 	$	0.41	  	 	$	0.40	  	 	$	0.52	  	 	$	0.54	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	  	$	0.36	  	 	$	0.33	  	 	$	0.51	  	 	$	0.39	  	 	$	0.40	  	 	$	0.38	  	 	$	0.50	  	 	$	0.52	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shares used in computing net income per share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	  	 	33,321	  	 	 	33,389	  	 	 	32,569	  	 	 	32,875	  	 	 	33,816	  	 	 	33,992	  	 	 	33,954	  	 	 	34,402	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	  	 	34,505	  	 	 	35,179	  	 	 	34,005	  	 	 	33,777	  	 	 	35,011	  	 	 	35,346	  	 	 	35,360	  	 	 	35,900	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our cash and cash equivalents, which exclude ARS investments, were $305.0 million as of the end of fiscal 2012 compared with $247.2 million as of the end of fiscal 2011, an increase of $57.8 million. This increase primarily reflected $101.4 million provided from operating cash flows, $34.9 million from the issuance of common stock under our share-based compensation plans, $10.1 million in proceeds from sales and maturities of non-current investments, partially offset by $61.7 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock, $14.6 million used for a business acquisition, and $10.4 million used for the purchase of capital assets. We consider earnings of our foreign subsidiaries indefinitely invested overseas and have made no provision for income or withholding taxes that may result from a future repatriation of those earnings. As of June 2012, $274.5 million of cash and cash equivalents was held by our foreign subsidiaries. If these funds are needed for our operations in the United States, we would be required to accrue and pay U.S. taxes to repatriate these funds.
Cash Flows from Operating Activities. For fiscal 2012, net cash provided by operating activities of $101.4 million was primarily attributable to net income of $54.1 million plus adjustments for non-cash charges, including share-based compensation costs of $34.2 million, depreciation and deferred taxes aggregating $9.5 million, and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $4.6 million. The net change in operating assets and liabilities related primarily to an increase in accounts payable of $10.2 million, an increase of $6.7 million in income taxes payable and other accrued liabilities, partially offset by an increase of $10.3 million in accounts receivable, net and a $2.8 million increase in inventory. Our days sales outstanding increased from 59 to 68 days from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012 as our net revenue was more backend loaded in fiscal 2012 than it was in fiscal 2011. Our inventory turns decreased from 11 to 9 for the same period. For fiscal 2011, net cash provided by operating activities of $89.7 million was primarily attributable to net income of $63.8 million plus adjustments for non-cash charges, including share-based compensation costs of $33.9 million, depreciation and deferred taxes aggregating $7.5 million, and a net decrease in operating assets and liabilities of $14.3 million. The net decrease in operating assets and liabilities related primarily to a decrease in accounts payable of $20.7 million and an increase in inventory of $10.2 million. Our days sales outstanding decreased slightly from 63 to 59 days from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 and our inventory turns decreased from 19 to 11 for the same period. For fiscal 2010, net cash provided by operating activities of $114.0 million was primarily attributable to net income of $53.0 million plus adjustments for non-cash charges, including share-based compensation costs of $35.4 million and depreciation, deferred taxes, amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount, and impairment of investments, aggregating $4.7 million, and a net increase in operating assets and liabilities of $20.9 million. The net increase in operating assets and liabilities related primarily to an increase in accounts payable of $33.4 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable, net of $16.8 million. Our days sales outstanding decreased slightly from 66 to 63 days from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 and our inventory turns increased from 18 to 19 for the same period.
 
48

Table of Contents
Cash Flows from Investing Activities. Our investing activities for fiscal 2012 included purchases of capital assets, business acquisitions, and redemptions on non-current investments. Investing activities used net cash of $14.9 million for fiscal 2012, used net cash of $8.4 million for fiscal 2011, and generated net cash of $15.6 million for fiscal 2010. Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2012 consisted of $14.6 million used for a business acquisition, $10.4 million used for the purchase of capital assets, partially offset by proceeds of $10.1 million from redemptions of ARS investments. Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2011 consisted of $11.6 million used for the purchase of capital assets, partially offset by proceeds of $3.2 million for redemptions of ARS investments. Net cash provided by investing activities for fiscal 2010 consisted of proceeds from sales and maturities of $28.9 million for short-term investments and $1.8 million in redemptions of ARS investments, partially offset by $9.1 million used for the purchase of capital assets and $6.0 million used for the purchase of short-term investments.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $28.7 million, $44.0 million, and $88.8 million, respectively. Our net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2012 was primarily attributable to $61.7 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock in the open market and $3.9 million used for the payment of payroll taxes for DSUs, partially offset by $34.9 million of proceeds from common stock issued under our share-based compensation plans. Our net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2011 was primarily attributable to $70.2 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock in the open market and $3.1 million used for the payment of payroll taxes for DSUs, partially offset by $26.4 million of proceeds from common stock issued under share-based compensation plans and $2.9 million excess tax benefit from share-based compensation. Our net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2010 was primarily attributable to $63.0 million for the retirement of debt and $44.5 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock in the open market and $2.4 million used for the payment of payroll taxes for DSUs, partially offset by $14.0 million of proceeds from common stock issued under share-based compensation plans and $7.1 million from excess tax benefit from share-based compensation.
Common Stock Purchase Program. In October 2011, our Board of Directors approved an additional $100.0 million for the stock repurchase program, expiring in October 2013, bringing the cumulative authorization to $520.0 million. The program authorizes us to purchase our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, depending upon market conditions and other factors. The number of shares purchased and the timing of purchases is based on the level of our cash balances, general business and market conditions, and other factors, including alternative investment opportunities. Common stock purchased under this program is held as treasury stock. From April 2005 through the end of fiscal 2012, we purchased 15,784,092 shares of our common stock in the open market for an aggregate cost of $413.9 million. Treasury shares purchased prior to August 28, 2008 were not subject to the stock split on that date, if adjusted for the stock split the average cost would be $20.36. As of the end of fiscal 2012, we had $106.1 million remaining under our common stock purchase program.
Bank Credit Facility. We currently maintain a $50.0 million working capital line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank. The Wells Fargo Bank revolving line of credit, which expires on September 1, 2013, provides for an interest rate equal to the prime lending rate or 250 basis points above LIBOR, depending on whether we choose a variable or fixed rate, respectively. We did not borrow any amounts under the line of credit during and subsequent to fiscal 2012.
$100 Million Shelf Registration. We have registered an aggregate of $100.0 million of common stock and preferred stock for issuance in connection with acquisitions, which shares generally will be freely tradeable after their issuance under Rule 145 of the Securities Act unless held by an affiliate of the acquired company, in which case such shares will be subject to the volume and manner of sale restrictions of Rule 144.
 
49

Table of Contents
Liquidity and Capital Resources. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flows from operating activities will be sufficient to meet our working capital and other cash requirements over the course of at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our revenue, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts, costs related to protecting our intellectual property, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the timing of introductions of new products and enhancements to existing products, the costs to ensure access to adequate manufacturing capacity, the timing and costs of procuring, improving, and renovating office space to meet our anticipated employee headcount requirements, our common stock purchase program, and the amount and timing of our investments in, or acquisitions of, other technologies or companies. Further equity or debt financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If sufficient funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, our ability to take advantage of unexpected business opportunities or to respond to competitive pressures could be limited or severely constrained.
Our non-current investments consist of ARS investments, which have failed to settle in auctions. These investments are not liquid, and in the event we need to access these funds, we will not be able to do so without a loss of principal, unless a future auction on these investments is successful.
Based on our ability to access our cash and cash equivalents, our expected operating cash flows, and our other sources of cash, we do not anticipate the lack of liquidity on these investments will affect our ability to operate our business as usual. We also do not anticipate remittances of undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries will be necessary to meet our working capital and other cash requirements.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following table sets forth a summary of our material contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of the end of fiscal 2012 (in millions):

 	  	Payments due by period	 	
Contractual Obligations	  	Total	 	  	Less than
1 year	 	  	1-3
Years	 	  	3-5
Years	 	  	More than
5 Years	 	
Convertible senior subordinated notes (1)	  	$	3	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	3	  	
Leases	  	 	9	  	  	 	4	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	2	  	
Purchase obligations and other commitments (2)	  	 	6	  	  	 	5	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	18	  	  	$	9	  	  	$	3	  	  	$	1	  	  	$	5	  	

(1)	Represents both principal and interest payable through the maturity date of the underlying contractual obligation.	
(2)	Purchase obligations and other commitments include payments due under a long-term services agreement and inventory purchase obligations with contract manufacturers.	
The amounts in the table above exclude unrecognized tax benefits of $23.1 million. As of the end of fiscal 2012, we were unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of when cash settlement with a taxing authority may occur in connection with our gross unrecognized tax benefits.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any transactions, arrangements, or other relationships with unconsolidated entities that are reasonably likely to materially affect our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources. We have no special purpose or limited purpose entities that provide off-balance sheet financing, liquidity, or market or credit risk support; engage in leasing, hedging, or research and development services; or have other relationships that expose us to liability that is not reflected in our financial statements.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective
In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, issued updated guidance on goodwill impairment that gives companies the option to perform a qualitative assessment that may allow them to skip the annual two-step test and reduce costs. The updated accounting guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application is permitted. This updated guidance becomes effective for us in the first quarter of our fiscal 2013. We do not expect the adoption to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
50

Table of Contents
In June 2011, the FASB issued new guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income. This new guidance requires the components of net income and other comprehensive income to be either presented in one continuous statement, referred to as the statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. This new guidance eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of stockholders’ equity. While the new guidance changes the presentation of comprehensive income, there are no changes to the components that are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income under current accounting guidance. This new guidance is effective for our fiscal 2013. As this guidance only amends the presentation of the components of comprehensive income, the adoption will not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
51

Table of Contents
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	
Interest rate risk
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash and cash equivalents and ARS investments. We do not use our investment portfolio for trading or other speculative purposes.
The table below presents principal amounts and related weighted average interest rates by year of maturity for our cash equivalents, investments, and debt obligations as of the end of fiscal 2012 (in thousands, except average interest rates):

Fiscal Year Ended June	  	2013	 	 	2014	 	  	2015	 	  	2016	 	  	2017	 	  	Thereafter	 	 	Total	 	 	Fair
Value	 	
Assets	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash equivalents – variable rate	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Money market	  	$	 301,451	  	 	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	301,451	  	 	$	301,451	  	
Average interest rate	  	 	0.15	% 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	0.15	% 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash equivalents	  	$	301,451	  	 	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	301,451	  	 	$	301,451	  	
Average interest rate	  	 	0.15	% 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	0.15	% 	 	 	 	 	
Non-current investments	  	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	27,350	  	 	$	27,350	  	 	$	15,321	  	
Average interest rate	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1.85	% 	 	 	1.85	% 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed rate amounts	  	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	2,305	  	 	$	2,305	  	 	$	2,305	  	
Average interest rate	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	0.75	% 	 	 	0.75	% 	 	 	 	 	
Our Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes bear a fixed coupon interest rate of 0.75% and mature in December 2024. The noteholders could require us to repurchase their notes on December 1, 2014, December 1, 2019, or in the event of a fundamental change as described in the indenture governing the notes. The early repayment of the notes is not reflected in the preceding schedule.
Our non-current investments, which consist of ARS investments, have a par value of $27.4 million and have failed to settle in auctions beginning in 2007. These investments are not liquid, and in the event we need to access these funds, we will not be able to do so without a loss of principal, unless redeemed by the issuers or a future auction on these investments is successful. During fiscal 2012, $10.1 million of our ARS investments were redeemed at par and we recognized a gain of $77,000 on the redemption of these investments, which is included in impairment of investments, net on the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
As there are currently no active markets for our various failed ARS investments, we have estimated the fair value of these investments as of the end of fiscal 2012 using a trinomial discounted cash flow analysis. The analysis considered, among other factors:
 
 	•	 	the collateral underlying the security investments;	
 
 	•	 	the creditworthiness of the counterparty;	
 
 	•	 	the timing of expected future cash flows;	
 
 	•	 	the probability of a successful auction in a future period;	
 
 	•	 	the underlying structure of each investment;	
 
 	•	 	the present value of future principal and interest payments discounted at rates considered to reflect current market conditions;	
 
 	•	 	a consideration of the probabilities of default, passing a future auction, or redemption at par for each period; and	
 
 	•	 	estimates of the recovery rates in the event of default for each investment.	
 
52

Table of Contents
When possible, our failed ARS investments were compared to other observable market data or securities with similar characteristics. Our estimate of the fair value of our ARS investments could fluctuate materially from period to period depending on future market conditions.
Contractual maturities for our ARS investments are generally greater than five years, with fair value of $8.9 million maturing from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2018 and $6.4 million maturing from fiscal 2040 to fiscal 2046. Of our ARS investments $8.9 million par value are investment grade; and the remaining $18.5 million par value are below investment grade.
Based on our ability to access our cash and cash equivalents, our expected operating cash flows, and our other sources of cash, we do not anticipate the lack of liquidity on these investments will affect our ability to operate our business as usual.
There have been no significant changes in the maturity dates and average interest rates for our cash equivalents and debt obligations subsequent to fiscal 2012.
Foreign currency exchange risk
All of our revenue and approximately 91% of our consolidated costs are denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, we have relatively little exposure to foreign currency exchange risks and foreign exchange losses have been immaterial to date. We do not currently enter into forward-exchange contracts to hedge exposure denominated in foreign currencies or any other derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. In the future, if our operations change and we determine that our foreign exchange exposure has increased, we may consider entering into hedging transactions to mitigate such risk.
 
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	
Reference is made to the financial statements, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm, and the notes thereto commencing at page F-1 of this report, which financial statements, report, and notes are incorporated herein by reference. Reference is also made to the quarterly results of operations on page 48 of this report, which quarterly results of operations are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
Conclusions Regarding Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as of June 30, 2012, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in  Internal Control—Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in  Internal Control—Integrated Framework , our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2012. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2012 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report included herein on page F-2.
 
53

Table of Contents
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, misstatements, errors, and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been or will be prevented or detected. Further, internal controls may become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions, or through the deterioration of the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
 
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	
There were no items requiring reporting on Form 8-K that were not reported on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of the year covered by this Form 10-K.
 
54

Table of Contents
PART III
 
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	
The information required by this Item relating to directors of our company and corporate governance is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The information required by this Item relating to our executive officers is included in Item 1. Business – Executive Officers.
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and other senior accounting personnel. The “Code of Ethics for the CEO and Senior Financial Officers” is located on our website at  www.synaptics.com  in the Investor Relations section under Corporate Governance.
We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05(c) of Form 8-K regarding any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above.
 
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement (particularly under the caption “Executive Compensation”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement (particularly under the caption “Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders, Directors, and Officers”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement (particularly under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement (particularly under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditor”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
55

Table of Contents
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	
 
(a)	Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules	
 
 	(1)	Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page F-1 of this report.	
 
(b)	Exhibits	

Exhibit
Number	 	Exhibit	
 	 	
3.1	 	Certificate of Incorporation (1)	
 	 	
3.1(b)	 	Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (2)	
 	 	
3.2	 	Third Amended and Restated Bylaws (amended and restated as of July 27, 2010) (3)	
 	 	
3.3	 	Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (4)	
 	 	
3.4	 	Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (5)	
 	 	
4	 	Form of Common Stock Certificate (6)	
 	 	
4(b)	 	Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2002, between the registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (2)	
 	 	
4(c)	 	Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement (7)	
 	 	
4.6	 	Form of Indenture (8)	
 	 	
10.6(a)*	 	Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended through January 23, 2007) (9)	
 	 	
10.6(b)*	 	Form of grant agreements for Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan (10)	
 	 	
10.6(c)*	 	Form of deferred stock award agreement for Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan (11)	
 	 	
10.8*	 	401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (12)	
 	 	
10.17*	 	Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with the following directors and executive officers as of January 28, 2002 with Francis F. Lee, Russell J. Knittel, Keith B. Geeslin, and Richard L. Sanquini; as of June 26, 2004 with Jeffrey D. Buchanan; as of March 28, 2006 with Hing Chung (Alex) Wong; as of February 20, 2007 with Nelson C. Chan; as of April 2, 2007 with Mark N. Vena; as of October 23, 2007 with James L. Whims; as of January 7, 2008 with David B. Long; as of March 2, 2009 with Kathleen A. Bayless; as of June 23, 2010 with Stanley A. Swearingen; as of January 10, 2011 with Kevin D. Barber; as of September 28, 2011 with Richard A. Bergman; and as of May 22, 2012 with Bret Sewell (1)	
 	 	
10.24(a)*	 	2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (13)	
 	 	
10.24(b)*	 	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (14)	
 	 	
10.24(c)*	 	Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (14)	
 	 	
10.24(d)*	 	Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement for 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (14)	
 	 	
10.24(e)*	 	Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (15)	
 	 	
10.25*	 	2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (14)	
 	 	
10.26*	 	Separation Agreement and Release dated October 13, 2010 by and among the registrant and Thomas J. Tiernan (16)	
 	 	
10.27*	 	Employment Offer Letter dated September 28, 2011 between the registrant and Richard Bergman (17)	
 	 	
10.28*	 	Change of Control Severance Agreement entered into by Richard A. Bergman as of October 4, 2011 (18)	
 	 	
10.29*	 	Severance Policy for Principal Executive Officers (18)	
 	 	
10.30	 	Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Escrow Instructions dated as of June 25, 2012 between McKay Henry, LLC and the registrant	
 	 	
10.30(a)	 	First Amendment to Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Escrow Instructions dated as of July 2, 2012 between McKay Henry, LLC and the registrant	
 	 	
21	 	List of Subsidiaries	
 	 	
23.1	 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	
 	 	
31.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)	
 	 	
31.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)	
 	 	
32.1	 	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer	
 	 	
32.2	 	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer	
 
56

Table of Contents

101.INS†	  	XBRL Instance Document	
 	 	
101.SCH†	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	
 	 	
101.CAL†	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.DEF†	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.LAB†	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.PRE†	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	

(1)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on February 21, 2002.	
(2)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 8-A as filed with the SEC on August 16, 2002.	
(3)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 2, 2010.	
(4)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on December 7, 2004.	
(5)	Incorporation by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 22, 2010.	
(6)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on September 12, 2002.	
(7)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on April 24, 2008.	
(8)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-155582) as filed with the SEC on November 21, 2008 and declared effective May 7, 2009.	
(9)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007.	
(10)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on February 6, 2003.	
(11)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on September 7, 2006.	
(12)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-56026) as filed with the SEC on August 17, 2001 and declared effective January 28, 2002.	
(13)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on November 2, 2010.	
(14)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 22, 2010.	
(15)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on May 4, 2012.	
(16)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 13, 2010.	
(17)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 4, 2011.	
(18)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 6, 2011.	
*	Indicates a contract with management or compensatory plan or arrangement.	
†	Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.	
 
57

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 	 	 	 	SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED	
 	 	 	 	
Date August 24, 2012	 	 	 	By:	 	/s/ Richard A. Bergman	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Richard A. Bergman	
 	 	 	 	 	 	President and Chief Executive Officer	
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	  	Title	 	Date	
 	 	 	
/s/ Richard A. Bergman
Richard A. Bergman	  	President and Chief Executive Officer, and Director	 	August 24, 2012	
 	 	 	
/s/ Kathleen A. Bayless
Kathleen A. Bayless	  	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	 	August 24, 2012	
 	 	 	
/s/ Francis F. Lee
Francis F. Lee	  	Chairman of the Board	 	August 24, 2012	
 	 	 	
/s/ Jeffrey D. Buchanan
Jeffrey D. Buchanan	  	Director	 	August 24, 2012	
 	 	 	
/s/ Nelson C. Chan
Nelson C. Chan	  	Director	 	August 24, 2012	
 	 	 	
/s/ Keith B. Geeslin
Keith B. Geeslin	  	Director	 	August 24, 2012	
 	 	 	
/s/ Russell J. Knittel
Russell J. Knittel	  	Director	 	August 24, 2012	
 	 	 	
/s/ Richard L. Sanquini
Richard L. Sanquini	  	Director	 	August 24, 2012	
 	 	 	
/s/ James L. Whims
James L. Whims	  	Director	 	August 24, 2012	
 
58

Table of Contents
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit	 	 	
Number	 	Exhibit	
 	 	
3.1	 	Certificate of Incorporation (1)	
 	 	
3.1(b)	 	Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (2)	
 	 	
3.2	 	Third Amended and Restated Bylaws (amended and restated as of July 27, 2010) (3)	
 	 	
3.3	 	Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (4)	
 	 	
3.4	 	Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (5)	
 	 	
4	 	Form of Common Stock Certificate (6)	
 	 	
4(b)	 	Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2002, between the registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (2)	
 	 	
4(c)	 	Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement (7)	
 	 	
4.6	 	Form of Indenture (8)	
 	 	
10.6(a)*	 	Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended through January 23, 2007) (9)	
 	 	
10.6(b)*	 	Form of grant agreements for Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan (10)	
 	 	
10.6(c)*	 	Form of deferred stock award agreement for Amended and Restated 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan (11)	
 	 	
10.8*	 	401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (12)	
 	 	
10.17*	 	Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with the following directors and executive officers as of January 28, 2002 with Francis F. Lee, Russell J. Knittel, Keith B. Geeslin, and Richard L. Sanquini; as of June 26, 2004 with Jeffrey D. Buchanan; as of March 28, 2006 with Hing Chung (Alex) Wong; as of February 20, 2007 with Nelson C. Chan; as of April 2, 2007 with Mark N. Vena; as of October 23, 2007 with James L. Whims; as of January 7, 2008 with David B. Long; as of March 2, 2009 with Kathleen A. Bayless; as of June 23, 2010 with Stanley A. Swearingen; as of January 10, 2011 with Kevin D. Barber; as of September 28, 2011 with Richard A. Bergman; and as of May 22, 2012 with Bret Sewell (1)	
 	 	
10.24(a)*	 	2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (13)	
 	 	
10.24(b)*	 	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (14)	
 	 	
10.24(c)*	 	Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (14)	
 	 	
10.24(d)*	 	Form of Deferred Stock Award Agreement for 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (14)	
 	 	
10.24(e)*	 	Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (15)	
 	 	
10.25*	 	2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (14)	
 	 	
10.26*	 	Separation Agreement and Release dated October 13, 2010 by and among the registrant and Thomas J. Tiernan (16)	
 	 	
10.27*	 	Employment Offer Letter dated September 28, 2011 between the registrant and Richard Bergman (17)	
 	 	
10.28*	 	Change of Control Severance Agreement entered into by Richard A. Bergman as of October 4, 2011 (18)	
 	 	
10.29*	 	Severance Policy for Principal Executive Officers (18)	
 	 	
10.30	 	Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Escrow Instructions dated as of June 25, 2012 between McKay Henry, LLC and the registrant	
 	 	
10.30(a)	 	First Amendment to Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Escrow Instructions dated as of July 2, 2012 between McKay Henry, LLC and the registrant	
 	 	
21	 	List of Subsidiaries	
 	 	
23.1	 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	
 	 	
31.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)	
 	 	
31.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)	
 	 	
32.1	 	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer	
 	 	
32.2	 	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer	
 	 	
101.INS†	 	XBRL Instance Document	
 	 	
101.SCH†	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	
 	 	
101.CAL†	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.DEF†	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.LAB†	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.PRE†	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	
 
59

Table of Contents
 
(1)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on February 21, 2002.	
(2)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 8-A as filed with the SEC on August 16, 2002.	
(3)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 2, 2010.	
(4)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on December 7, 2004.	
(5)	Incorporation by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 22, 2010.	
(6)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on September 12, 2002.	
(7)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on April 24, 2008.	
(8)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-155582) as filed with the SEC on November 21, 2008 and declared effective May 7, 2009.	
(9)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007.	
(10)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on February 6, 2003.	
(11)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on September 7, 2006.	
(12)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-56026) as filed with the SEC on August 17, 2001 and declared effective January 28, 2002.	
(13)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on November 2, 2010.	
(14)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 22, 2010.	
(15)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on May 4, 2012.	
(16)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 13, 2010.	
(17)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 4, 2011.	
(18)	Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on October 6, 2011.	
*	Indicates a contract with management or compensatory plan or arrangement.	
†	Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.	
 
60

Table of Contents
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

 	 	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	  	 	F-2	  	
 	 	
Consolidated Balance Sheets	  	 	F-3	  	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Income	  	 	F-4	  	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income	  	 	F-5	  	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	  	 	F-6	  	
 	 	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	  	 	F-7	  	
 
F-1

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Synaptics Incorporated:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Synaptics Incorporated and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2012 and June 25, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2012. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2012, based on criteria established in  Internal Control – Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Synaptics Incorporated and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2012 and June 25, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2012, based on criteria established in  Internal Control – Integrated Framework  issued by the COSO.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Santa Clara, California
August 24, 2012
 
F-2

Table of Contents
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except par value and share amounts)

 	  	June
2012	 	 	June
2011	 	
ASSETS	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current Assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	305,005	  	 	$	247,153	  	
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $567 and $709 at June 2012 and 2011, respectively	  	 	104,140	  	 	 	93,808	  	
Inventories	  	 	31,667	  	 	 	28,850	  	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	  	 	5,365	  	 	 	4,373	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	446,177	  	 	 	374,184	  	
Property and equipment, net	  	 	24,903	  	 	 	26,222	  	
Goodwill	  	 	18,995	  	 	 	1,927	  	
Purchased intangibles	  	 	12,800	  	 	 	—  	  	
Non-current investments	  	 	15,321	  	 	 	25,876	  	
Other assets	  	 	23,309	  	 	 	27,992	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	$	541,505	  	 	$	456,201	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current Liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	  	$	55,220	  	 	$	44,930	  	
Accrued compensation	  	 	12,642	  	 	 	13,210	  	
Income taxes payable	  	 	11,221	  	 	 	11,808	  	
Other accrued liabilities	  	 	26,515	  	 	 	22,813	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	105,598	  	 	 	92,761	  	
Notes payable	  	 	2,305	  	 	 	2,305	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	36,812	  	 	 	21,142	  	
 	 	 	
Commitments and contingencies	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Stockholders’ Equity:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
$0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Common stock:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
$0.001 par value; 120,000,000 shares authorized, 48,680,348 and 46,832,208 shares issued, and 32,896,256 and 33,465,732 shares outstanding, at June 2012 and 2011, respectively	  	 	49	  	 	 	47	  	
Additional paid-in capital	  	 	471,569	  	 	 	406,653	  	
Treasury stock: 15,784,092 and 13,366,476 common shares at June 2012 and 2011, respectively, at cost	  	 	(413,885	) 	 	 	(352,142	) 	
Accumulated other comprehensive income	  	 	1,998	  	 	 	2,520	  	
Retained earnings	  	 	337,059	  	 	 	282,915	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity	  	 	396,790	  	 	 	339,993	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	$	541,505	  	 	$	456,201	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-3

Table of Contents
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 	  	Fiscal	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Net revenue	  	$	548,228	  	 	$	598,538	  	 	$	514,890	  	
Cost of revenue	  	 	292,661	  	 	 	352,468	  	 	 	306,188	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross margin	  	 	255,567	  	 	 	246,070	  	 	 	208,702	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Research and development	  	 	117,954	  	 	 	105,003	  	 	 	86,552	  	
Selling, general, and administrative	  	 	70,045	  	 	 	68,549	  	 	 	60,027	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	  	 	187,999	  	 	 	173,552	  	 	 	146,579	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	67,568	  	 	 	72,518	  	 	 	62,123	  	
Interest income	  	 	922	  	 	 	911	  	 	 	977	  	
Interest expense	  	 	(17	) 	 	 	(17	) 	 	 	(2,400	) 	
Impairment (loss)/recovery on investments, net	  	 	77	  	 	 	59	  	 	 	(443	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before provision for income taxes	  	 	68,550	  	 	 	73,471	  	 	 	60,257	  	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	14,406	  	 	 	9,675	  	 	 	7,292	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	54,144	  	 	$	63,796	  	 	$	52,965	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	  	$	1.64	  	 	$	1.87	  	 	$	1.57	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	  	$	1.57	  	 	$	1.80	  	 	$	1.50	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shares used in computing net income per share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	  	 	33,030	  	 	 	34,042	  	 	 	33,836	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	  	 	34,435	  	 	 	35,454	  	 	 	35,423	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-4

Table of Contents
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands, except share amounts)

 	  	Common Stock	 	  	Additional
Paid-in	 	 	Treasury	 	 	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive	 	 	Retained	 	  	Total
Stockholders’	 	
 	  	Shares	 	  	Amount	 	  	Capital	 	 	Stock	 	 	Income/(Loss)	 	 	Earnings	 	  	Equity	 	
Balance at June 2009	  	 	43,779,011	  	  	$	44	  	  	$	293,666	  	 	$	(237,387	) 	 	$	129	  	 	$	166,154	  	  	$	222,606	  	
Components of comprehensive income:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	52,965	  	  	 	52,965	  	
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,386	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	1,386	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	54,351	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Issuance of common stock for share-based award compensation plans	  	 	1,112,823	  	  	 	1	  	  	 	14,030	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	14,031	  	
Payroll taxes for deferred stock units	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(2,374	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(2,374	) 	
Purchases of treasury stock	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(44,545	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(44,545	) 	
Tax benefit associated with share-based awards	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	7,066	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	7,066	  	
Share-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	35,376	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	35,376	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Balance at June 2010	  	 	44,891,834	  	  	 	45	  	  	 	347,764	  	 	 	(281,932	) 	 	 	1,515	  	 	 	219,119	  	  	 	286,511	  	
Components of comprehensive income:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	63,796	  	  	 	63,796	  	
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,005	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	1,005	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	64,801	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Issuance of common stock for share-based award compensation plans	  	 	1,940,374	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	26,421	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	26,423	  	
Payroll taxes for deferred stock units	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(3,147	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(3,147	) 	
Purchases of treasury stock	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(70,210	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(70,210	) 	
Tax benefit associated with share-based awards	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,690	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	1,690	  	
Share-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	33,925	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	33,925	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Balance at June 2011	  	 	46,832,208	  	  	 	47	  	  	 	406,653	  	 	 	(352,142	) 	 	 	2,520	  	 	 	282,915	  	  	 	339,993	  	
Components of comprehensive income:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	54,144	  	  	 	54,144	  	
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(522	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(522	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	53,622	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Issuance of common stock for share-based award compensation plans	  	 	1,848,140	  	  	 	2	  	  	 	34,874	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	34,876	  	
Payroll taxes for deferred stock units	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(3,946	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(3,946	) 	
Purchases of treasury stock	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(61,743	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(61,743	) 	
Tax shortfall associated with share-based awards	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(173	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(173	) 	
Share-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	34,161	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	34,161	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Balance at June 2012	  	 	48,680,348	  	  	$	49	  	  	$	471,569	  	 	$	(413,885	) 	 	$	1,998	  	 	$	337,059	  	  	$	396,790	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5

Table of Contents
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

 	  	Fiscal	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Cash flows from operating activities	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	54,144	  	 	$	63,796	  	 	$	52,965	  	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Share-based compensation costs	  	 	34,161	  	 	 	33,925	  	 	 	35,376	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	10,409	  	 	 	11,169	  	 	 	8,677	  	
Amortization of debt issuance costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	118	  	
Amortization of debt discount	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,069	  	
Tax benefit (shortfall) realized from share-based compensation	  	 	(173	) 	 	 	1,690	  	 	 	7,066	  	
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	  	 	(2,153	) 	 	 	(2,886	) 	 	 	(7,066	) 	
Deferred taxes	  	 	(741	) 	 	 	(3,666	) 	 	 	(6,534	) 	
Impairment of property and equipment	  	 	1,269	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Impairment (recovery) of investments, net	  	 	(77	) 	 	 	(59	) 	 	 	443	  	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable, net	  	 	(10,329	) 	 	 	7,701	  	 	 	(16,770	) 	
Inventories	  	 	(2,817	) 	 	 	(10,183	) 	 	 	(3,717	) 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	  	 	(530	) 	 	 	(146	) 	 	 	(128	) 	
Other assets	  	 	1,894	  	 	 	332	  	 	 	(4,230	) 	
Accounts payable	  	 	10,235	  	 	 	(20,688	) 	 	 	33,408	  	
Accrued compensation	  	 	(634	) 	 	 	1,880	  	 	 	2,880	  	
Income taxes payable	  	 	3,000	  	 	 	2,975	  	 	 	2,214	  	
Other accrued liabilities	  	 	3,735	  	 	 	3,873	  	 	 	7,237	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	101,393	  	 	 	89,713	  	 	 	114,008	  	

Cash flows from investing activities	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of short-term investments	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(5,986	) 	
Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	28,912	  	
Proceeds from sales and maturities of non-current investments	  	 	10,110	  	 	 	3,200	  	 	 	1,775	  	
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired	  	 	(14,632	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Purchases of property and equipment	  	 	(10,359	) 	 	 	(11,570	) 	 	 	(9,067	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities	  	 	(14,881	) 	 	 	(8,370	) 	 	 	15,634	  	

Cash flows from financing activities	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of treasury stock	  	 	(61,743	) 	 	 	(70,210	) 	 	 	(44,545	) 	
Proceeds from issuance of shares	  	 	34,876	  	 	 	26,423	  	 	 	14,031	  	
Retirement of debt, net of discount	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(62,998	) 	
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	  	 	2,153	  	 	 	2,886	  	 	 	7,066	  	
Payroll taxes for deferred stock units	  	 	(3,946	) 	 	 	(3,147	) 	 	 	(2,374	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	  	 	(28,660	) 	 	 	(44,048	) 	 	 	(88,820	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	57,852	  	 	 	37,295	  	 	 	40,822	  	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	  	 	247,153	  	 	 	209,858	  	 	 	169,036	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	  	$	305,005	  	 	$	247,153	  	 	$	209,858	  	

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for taxes	  	$	12,305	  	 	$	9,574	  	 	$	11,789	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-6

Table of Contents
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Organization and Basis of Presentation
We are a leading worldwide developer and supplier of custom-designed user interface solutions that enable people to interact more easily and intuitively with a wide variety of mobile computing, communications, entertainment, and other electronic devices. We currently target the personal computer, or PC, market, primarily notebook and ultrabook computers, the markets for digital lifestyle products, including mobile smartphones and feature phones, the tablet market, and other select electronic device markets with our customized human interface solutions. Our original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, customers include most of the tier one PC OEMs and many of the world’s largest OEMs for mobile smartphones and feature phones.
The consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, and include our financial statements and those of our wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Our fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Saturday in June. The fiscal years presented in this report were a 53-week period ended June 30, 2012 and 52-week periods ended June 25, 2011 and June 26, 2010.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, cost of revenue, inventories, loss on purchase commitments, product warranty, share-based compensation costs, provision for income taxes, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions, tax contingencies, goodwill, intangible assets, investments, and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience, applicable laws and regulations, and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Cash Equivalents and Investments
Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Our non-current investments are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and shown separately as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity. We charge other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of a debt security to earnings if the decline is due to a credit loss or if we intend to or need to sell at a loss, resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis in the debt security. We charge other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of a debt security to other comprehensive income if the decline is due to a noncredit loss. We charge other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of equity securities to earnings, resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis in the equity security. We include interest earned on securities in interest income. We determine realized gains and losses on the sale of securities using the specific identification method.
 
F-7

Table of Contents
Amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of our investments in available-for-sale securities and cash equivalents as of the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	Amortized
Cost	 	  	Gross
Unrealized
Gains	 	  	Gross
Unrealized
Losses	 	  	Estimated
Fair
Value	 	
Money market	  	$	301,451	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	301,451	  	
Auction rate securities	  	 	13,323	  	  	 	2,276	  	  	 	278	  	  	 	15,321	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total available-for-sale securities	  	$	314,774	  	  	$	2,276	  	  	$	278	  	  	$	316,772	  	

 	  	2011	 	
 	  	Amortized
Cost	 	  	Gross
Unrealized
Gains	 	  	Gross
Unrealized
Losses	 	  	Estimated
Fair
Value	 	
Money market	  	$	243,966	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	243,966	  	
Auction rate securities	  	 	23,356	  	  	 	3,291	  	  	 	771	  	  	 	25,876	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total available-for-sale securities	  	$	267,322	  	  	$	3,291	  	  	$	771	  	  	$	269,842	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Fair Values
We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. When we measure fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis, inputs used in valuation techniques are assigned a hierarchical level as follows:
 
 	•	 	Level 1 inputs are observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.	
 
 	•	 	Level 2 inputs reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities; or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.	
 
 	•	 	Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs reflecting our assumptions, which are incorporated into valuation techniques and models used to determine fair value. The assumptions are consistent with market participant assumptions that are reasonably available.	
Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level within the fair value hierarchy, as of the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	
 	  	Level 1	 	  	Level 3	 	  	Level 1	 	  	Level 3	 	
Assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Money market	  	$	301,451	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	243,966	  	  	$	—  	  	
Auction rate securities	  	 	—  	  	  	 	15,321	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	25,876	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total available-for-sale securities	  	$	301,451	  	  	$	15,321	  	  	$	243,966	  	  	$	25,876	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Liabilities	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Contingent consideration liability recorded for business combination	  	$	—  	  	  	$	11,900	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	

F-8

Table of Contents
Money market balances are included in cash and cash equivalents as of the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011. ARS investments are included in non-current investments as of the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011. We have classified the contingent consideration recorded for a business combination as a Level 3 liability, which is included in the non-current portion of other liabilities as of the end of fiscal 2012. There have been no transfers of the value of this Level 3 liability during fiscal 2012 and there has been no material change to the value of this Level 3 liability during fiscal 2012. See Note 12 – Acquisition of Pacinian. There were no Level 2 financial assets or liabilities as of the end of fiscal 2012 or 2011.
Changes in fair value of our Level 3 financial assets for fiscal 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	
Beginning balance	  	$	25,876	  	 	$	28,012	  	
Net unrealized gain/(loss)	  	 	(522	) 	 	 	1,005	  	
Impairment recovery of redeemed investments	  	 	77	  	 	 	59	  	
Redemptions	  	 	(10,110	) 	 	 	(3,200	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending balance	  	$	15,321	  	 	$	25,876	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
There were no transfers in or out of our Level 1, 2, or 3 assets during fiscal 2012 or 2011.
The fair values of our cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their carrying values because of the short-term nature of those instruments. The fair value of our notes payable approximates their carrying value.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, investments, and trade accounts receivable. Our investment policy, which is predicated on capital preservation and liquidity, limits investments to U.S. government treasuries and agency issues, taxable securities, and municipal issued securities with a minimum rating of A1 (Moody’s) or P1 (Standard and Poor’s) or equivalent. Included within our investment portfolio are investments in ARS investments, which met our investment guidelines at the time of our investment. Our ARS investments are currently not liquid as a result of continued auction failures. If the issuers are not able to meet their payment obligations or if we sell our ARS investments before they recover, we may lose some or all of our principal invested or may be required to further reduce the carrying value. We do not intend to sell our ARS investments for significantly less than par value.
We sell our products primarily to contract manufacturers that provide manufacturing services for OEMs. We extend credit based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition, and we generally do not require collateral. To date, credit losses on our accounts receivable have been insignificant, and we believe that an adequate allowance for doubtful accounts has been provided.
The following customers accounted for more than 10% of our accounts receivable balance as the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011:

 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	
Customer A	  	 	14	% 	 	 	12	% 	
Customer B	  	 	12	% 	 	 	*	  	
 
 	*	Less than 10%	
Other Concentrations
Our products include certain components that are currently single sourced. We believe other vendors would be able to provide similar components; however, the qualification of such vendors may require start-up time. In order to mitigate any adverse impacts from a disruption of supply, we strive to maintain an adequate supply of critical single-sourced components.
 
F-9

Table of Contents
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue from product sales when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and title has transferred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured, which is generally upon shipment. We accrue for estimated sales returns and other allowances, based on historical experience, at the time we recognize revenue.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to meet their financial obligations. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances in which we are aware of a specific customer’s potential inability to meet its financial obligation, we record a specific reserve of the bad debt against amounts due. In addition, we make judgments and estimates on the collectability of accounts receivable based on our historical bad debt experience, customers’ creditworthiness, current economic trends, recent changes in customers’ payment trends, and deterioration in customers’ operating results or financial position. If circumstances change adversely, additional bad debt allowances may be required.
Cost of Revenue
Our cost of revenue includes the cost of products shipped to our customers, which primarily includes the cost of products built to our specifications by our contract manufacturers, the cost of silicon wafers supplied by independent wafer foundries and the related assembly, package and test costs of our die and packaged ASICs. Also included in our cost of revenue are personnel and related costs, including share-based compensation, for quality assurance and manufacturing support; logistics costs; depreciation of equipment supporting manufacturing; license amortization; provisions for excess and obsolete inventories; and warranty costs.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market (estimated net realizable value) as of the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011 and consisted of the following (in thousands):

  	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	
Raw materials	  	$	26,957	  	  	$	23,545	  	
Finished goods	  	 	4,710	  	  	 	5,305	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	$31,667	  	  	$	28,850	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Periodically, we purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers when a customer delays its delivery schedule or cancels its order. In those circumstances in which our customer has cancelled its order and we purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers, we consider a write-down to reduce the carrying value of the inventory purchased to its net realizable value. We charge write-downs to reduce the carrying value of obsolete, slow moving, and non-usable inventory to net realizable value to cost of revenue. The effect of these write-downs is to establish a new cost basis in the related inventory, which we do not subsequently write up. We also record a liability and charge to cost of revenue for estimated losses on inventory we are obligated to purchase from our contract manufacturers when such losses become probable from customer delays or order cancellations.
Property and Equipment
We state property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We compute depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. We apply estimated useful lives of three years to our computer equipment, estimated useful lives ranging from three to seven years for our capitalized software; estimated useful lives ranging from one to five years to our manufacturing equipment; estimated useful lives ranging from three to five years to our furniture, fixtures, and leasehold improvements; and an estimated useful life of 35 years to our buildings and building improvements. We amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the asset.
 
F-10

Table of Contents
Foreign Currency Translation
The U.S. dollar is our functional and reporting currency. We remeasure our monetary assets and liabilities not denominated in the functional currency into U.S. dollar equivalents at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date. We measure and record non-monetary balance sheet accounts at the historical rate in effect at the date of translation. All of our revenue and approximately 91% of our consolidated costs are denominated in U.S. dollars. We translate certain expenses at the weighted average exchange rate in the month that the transaction occurred. Remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency are included currently in operating results. Foreign currency losses included in operating results for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 were not material. To date, we have not undertaken hedging transactions related to foreign currency exposure.
Goodwill
We review the carrying value of goodwill at least annually for impairment as of the fiscal year-end balance sheet date. The frequency of our review is dictated by events or changes in circumstances indicating that the carrying value may be impaired. Based on our latest review, we determined there was no impairment of the carrying value of goodwill.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. We measure recoverability of assets to be held and used by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, we recognize an impairment charge in an amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the consolidated balance sheets and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and would no longer be depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the consolidated balance sheets. There were no events during the fiscal year that triggered an impairment of our long-lived assets.
Other Liabilities
As of the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011 other liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	
Customer obligation	  	$	13,076	  	  	$	7,837	  	
Inventory obligation	  	 	5,680	  	  	 	6,275	  	
Other	  	 	7,759	  	  	 	8,701	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	$	26,515	  	  	$	22,813	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Segment Information
We operate in one segment: the development, marketing, and sale of intuitive user interface solutions for electronic devices and products.
Share-Based Compensation Costs
We utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the grant date fair value of certain employee share-based compensatory awards, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected volatility and expected life. Historical and implied volatilities were used in estimating the fair value of our stock option awards. The expected life for our options was previously estimated based on historical trends since our initial public offering. In fiscal 2011, we began to grant options with a contractual life of seven years rather than 10 years and we began using the simplified method of establishing the expected life as we did not have any history of options with seven-year lives. Changes in these inputs and assumptions can materially affect the measure of estimated fair value of our share-based compensation. Further, we estimate forfeitures for share-based awards that are not expected to vest. We charge estimated fair value less estimated forfeitures to earnings on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the underlying awards, which is generally four years for our stock option and deferred stock unit, or DSU, awards and up to two years for our employee stock purchase plan.
 
F-11

Table of Contents
Product Warranties
We generally warrant our products for a period of 12 months from the date of sale and estimate probable product warranty costs at the time we recognize revenue. Factors that affect our warranty liability include historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, materials usage, rework, and delivery costs. However, we assess the adequacy of our warranty obligations periodically and adjust the accrued warranty liability on the basis of our estimates.
Changes in our warranty liability (included in other accrued liabilities) for fiscal 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	
Beginning accrued warranty	  	$	2,984	  	 	$	2,096	  	
Provision for product warranties	  	 	1,759	  	 	 	5,963	  	
Cost of warranty claims and settlements	  	 	(2,568	) 	 	 	(5,075	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending accrued warranty	  	$	2,175	  	 	$	2,984	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive Income
Our comprehensive income generally consists of net income plus the effect of unrealized gains and losses on our investments primarily due to changes in market value of certain of our ARS investments. In addition, we recognize the noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities in comprehensive income.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We recognize the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We consider the operating earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely invested outside the United States. Accordingly, no provision has been made for the U.S. federal, state, or foreign taxes that may result from future remittances of undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries.
We use a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of highly complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. We believe we have adequately provided for reasonably foreseeable outcomes in connection with the resolution of income tax uncertainties. However, our results have in the past, and could in the future, include favorable and unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period a determination of such estimated tax liability is made or resolved, upon the filing of an amended return, upon a change in facts, circumstances, or interpretation, or upon the expiration of a statute of limitation. Accordingly, our effective tax rate could fluctuate materially from period to period.
Research and Development
We expense costs to develop our products, which include the costs incurred to design interface solutions for customers prior to the customers incorporating those solutions into their products.
 
F-12

Table of Contents
Net Income Per Share
Basic net income per share amounts for each period presented have been computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding.
Diluted net income per share amounts for each period presented have been computed (1) using the weighted average number of potentially dilutive shares issuable in connection with our share-based compensation plans under the treasury stock method, and (2) using the weighted average number of potentially dilutive shares issuable in connection with our convertible debt under the treasury stock method, when dilutive.
2. Net Income Per Share
The computation of basic and diluted net income per share for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 was as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
Numerator:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	54,144	  	  	$	63,796	  	  	$	52,965	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Denominator:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Shares, basic	  	 	33,030	  	  	 	34,042	  	  	 	33,836	  	
Effect of dilutive share-based awards	  	 	1,405	  	  	 	1,412	  	  	 	1,587	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Shares, diluted	  	 	34,435	  	  	 	35,454	  	  	 	35,423	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net income per share:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Basic	  	$	1.64	  	  	$	1.87	  	  	$	1.57	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Diluted	  	$	1.57	  	  	$	1.80	  	  	$	1.50	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Diluted net income per share does not include the effect of share-based awards for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 as follows (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
Share-based awards	  	 	3,841	  	  	 	3,584	  	  	 	3,468	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
These share-based awards were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the proceeds received, if any, from such share-based awards combined with the average unamortized compensation costs adjusted for the hypothetical tax benefit or deficiency creditable or chargeable, respectively, to additional paid-in capital, were greater than the average market price of our common stock, and therefore, their effect would have been antidilutive.
Our basic net income per share amounts for each period presented have been computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our diluted net income per share amounts for each period presented include the weighted average effect of potentially dilutive shares. We used the “treasury stock” method to determine the dilutive effect of our stock options, DSUs, and convertible notes. Under the treasury stock method, shares associated with our convertible notes are included in the calculation of diluted net income per share only if the weighted average price of our common stock exceeds $33.69 during the reporting period.
3. Auction Rate Securities
Our ARS investments, which are included in non-current investments, have failed to settle in auctions beginning in 2007. These investments are not liquid, and in the event we need to access these funds, we will not be able to do so without a loss of principal, unless redeemed by the issuers or a future auction on these investments is successful. During fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010, $10.1 million, $3.2 million, and $1.8 million, respectively, of our ARS investments were redeemed.
 
F-13

Table of Contents
As there are currently no active markets for our various failed ARS investments, we have estimated the fair value of these investments as of the end of fiscal 2012 using a trinomial discounted cash flow analysis. The analysis considered, among others, the following factors:
 
 	•	 	the collateral underlying the security investments;	
 
 	•	 	the creditworthiness of the counterparty;	
 
 	•	 	the timing of expected future cash flows;	
 
 	•	 	the probability of a successful auction in a future period;	
 
 	•	 	the underlying structure of each investment;	
 
 	•	 	the present value of future principal and interest payments discounted at rates considered to reflect current market conditions;	
 
 	•	 	a consideration of the probabilities of default, passing a future auction, or redemption at par for each period; and	
 
 	•	 	estimates of the recovery rates in the event of default for each investment.	
When possible, our failed ARS investments were compared to other observable market data or securities with similar characteristics. Our estimate of the fair value of our ARS investments could fluctuate materially from period to period depending on future market conditions.
Contractual maturities for our ARS investments are generally greater than five years, with fair value of $8.9 million maturing from fiscal 2016 to 2018 and $6.4 million maturing from 2040 to 2046. Of our ARS investments, $8.9 million par value is investment grade and the remaining $18.5 million par value are below investment grade.
The various types of failed ARS investments we held as of the end of fiscal 2012, including the original cost basis, other-than-temporary impairment included in retained earnings, new cost basis, unrealized gain/(loss), and fair value consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Original Cost
Basis	 	  	Other-than-
temporary
Impairment in
Retained Earnings	 	 	New Cost
Basis	 	  	Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)	 	 	Fair
Value	 	
Student loans	  	$	6,850	  	  	$	(179	) 	 	$	6,671	  	  	$	(231	) 	 	$	6,440	  	
Credit linked notes	  	 	13,500	  	  	 	(8,765	) 	 	 	4,735	  	  	 	2,276	  	 	 	7,011	  	
Preferred stock	  	 	5,000	  	  	 	(5,000	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Municipals	  	 	2,000	  	  	 	(83	) 	 	 	1,917	  	  	 	(47	) 	 	 	1,870	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total ARS	  	$	27,350	  	  	$	(14,027	) 	 	$	13,323	  	  	$	1,998	  	 	$	15,321	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
All of the ARS investments in the above table with unrealized losses have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than 12 months.
 
F-14

Table of Contents
The various types of failed ARS investments we held as of the end of fiscal 2011, including the original cost basis, other-than-temporary impairment included in retained earnings, new cost basis, unrealized gain/(loss), and fair value consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Original Cost
Basis	 	  	Other-than-
temporary
Impairment in
Retained Earnings	 	 	New Cost
Basis	 	  	Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)	 	 	Fair
Value	 	
Student loans	  	$	9,150	  	  	$	(242	) 	 	$	8,908	  	  	$	(249	) 	 	$	8,659	  	
Closed end municipal funds	  	 	7,850	  	  	 	(54	) 	 	 	7,796	  	  	 	(467	) 	 	 	7,329	  	
Credit linked notes	  	 	13,500	  	  	 	(8,765	) 	 	 	4,735	  	  	 	3,291	  	 	 	8,026	  	
Preferred stock	  	 	5,000	  	  	 	(5,000	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Municipals	  	 	2,000	  	  	 	(83	) 	 	 	1,917	  	  	 	(55	) 	 	 	1,862	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total ARS	  	$	37,500	  	  	$	(14,144	) 	 	$	23,356	  	  	$	2,520	  	 	$	25,876	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
All of the ARS investments in the above table with unrealized losses have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than 12 months.
We have accounted for all of our ARS investments as non-current as we are not able to reasonably determine when the ARS markets will recover or be restructured. Based on our ability to access our cash and cash equivalents, our expected operating cash flows, and our other sources of cash, we do not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investments before the recovery of the amortized cost basis. We will continue to monitor our ARS investments and evaluate our accounting for these investments quarterly.
4. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment as of the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Life	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	
Land	  	—  	  	$	2,500	  	 	$	2,500	  	
Building and building improvements	  	35 years	  	 	11,172	  	 	 	11,144	  	
Computer equipment	  	3 years	  	 	6,983	  	 	 	5,566	  	
Manufacturing equipment	  	1 year to 3 years	  	 	18,519	  	 	 	18,517	  	
Furniture, fixtures, and leasehold improvements	  	3 years to 5 years	  	 	7,096	  	 	 	6,422	  	
Capitalized software	  	3 years to 7 years	  	 	11,762	  	 	 	11,516	  	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	  	 	58,032	  	 	 	55,665	  	
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	  	 	(33,129	) 	 	 	(29,443	) 	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property and equipment, net	  	$	24,903	  	 	$	26,222	  	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For fiscal 2012 and 2011, we retired fully depreciated equipment and furniture with an original cost of $5.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
5. Leases, Other Commitments, and Contingencies
Leases
We maintain office facilities in various locations under operating leases with expiration dates from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2021, some of which have renewal options of one to five years. Our leased office facilities are located in China, Finland, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Switzerland, Taiwan, and the United States. We recognized rent expense on a straight-line basis of $4.3 million, $4.0 million, and $3.4 million for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
 
F-15

Table of Contents
The aggregate future minimum rental commitments as of the end of fiscal 2012 for noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year were as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	  	Operating
Lease
Payments	 	
2013	  	$	3,720	  	
2014	  	 	1,763	  	
2015	  	 	681	  	
2016	  	 	638	  	
2017	  	 	621	  	
Thereafter	  	 	1,852	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total minimum operating lease payments	  	$	9,275	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Contingencies
We have in the past and may in the future receive notices from third parties that claim our products infringe their intellectual property rights. We cannot be certain that our technologies and products do not and will not infringe issued patents or other proprietary rights of third parties.
Any infringement claims, with or without merit, could result in significant litigation costs and diversion of management and financial resources, including the payment of damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Indemnifications
In connection with certain third-party agreements we have executed in the past, we are obligated to indemnify the third party in connection with any technology infringement by us. We have also entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors. Maximum potential future payments cannot be estimated because these agreements do not have a maximum stated liability. However, historical costs related to these indemnification provisions have not been significant. We have not recorded any liability in our consolidated financial statements for such indemnification obligations.
Line of Credit
We have an unsecured $50.0 million working capital line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank. The Wells Fargo Bank revolving line of credit, which expires on September 1, 2013, has an interest rate equal to the prime lending rate or 250 basis points above LIBOR, depending on whether we choose a variable or fixed rate, respectively. We did not borrow any amounts under the line of credit during fiscal 2012.
Building Purchase
In June 2012, we entered into a purchase and sale agreement to acquire a new headquarters in San Jose, California, consisting of three office buildings of approximately 151,247 square feet of space and approximately 7.84 acres of land for $12.1 million, exclusive of adjustments and closing costs. In July 2012, we entered into an amendment to the purchase and sale agreement, which modified the purchase price to approximately $11.8 million, and we subsequently closed the purchase transaction. During fiscal 2013, we anticipate consolidating our Santa Clara workforce into the new location upon completion of renovations and improvements. We currently plan to market and sell our existing Santa Clara headquarters property during fiscal 2013.
6. Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes
In December 2004, we issued an aggregate of $125.0 million of convertible notes in a private offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In connection with issuing the convertible notes, we incurred issuance costs of $4.3 million, consisting primarily of the initial purchasers’ discount and costs related to legal, accounting, and printing. We used the net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes.
 
F-16

Table of Contents
In fiscal 2009 and 2010, we repurchased and retired $122.7 million of our outstanding notes. As of the end of fiscal 2012, $2.3 million par value of our notes remained outstanding and have been classified as long-term as the next date noteholders can require us to repurchase all or a portion of their notes is in December 2014.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we adopted the accounting standard on convertible debt that can be settled in cash. The adoption of this accounting standard, which must be applied on a retrospective basis, results in a non-cash interest charge for all periods presented in our financial statements during which the notes were outstanding. This standard requires issuers of convertible notes that can be settled in cash to separately account for the liability and equity components of such convertible notes in a manner that reflects the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. Prior to the application of the standard, the liability of the notes was carried at their par value, and only the contractual interest and amortization of debt issuance costs were recognized in our condensed consolidated statements of income.
Upon adoption of the new standard, and effective as of the issuance date of the notes, we recorded $39.4 million of the principal amount to equity, representing the debt discount for the difference between our estimated nonconvertible debt borrowing rate of 8.5% at the time of issuance and the 0.75% coupon rate of the notes using a five-year life, which coincides with the initial put rights of the noteholders. In addition, we allocated the $4.3 million of issuance costs pro-rata to the equity and debt components of the notes, or $1.4 million and $2.9 million, respectively. The discount and the issuance costs allocated to the debt component were amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method over five years and were fully amortized as of December 31, 2009.
The liability component of the notes was $2.3 million and the equity component of the notes was $727,000 as of the end of both fiscal 2012 and 2011.
The contractual interest expense and amortization of issuance costs and discount for the notes for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
Interest expense	  	$	17	  	  	$	17	  	  	$	213	  	
Amortization of issuance costs	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	118	  	
Amortization of discount	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	2,069	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total interest	  	$	17	  	  	$	17	  	  	$	2,400	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
7. Stockholders’ Equity
During fiscal 2012, we had a Stockholders’ Rights Plan that may have had the effect of deterring, delaying, or preventing a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. The rights plan expired under its terms on August 15, 2012, and no new rights plan exists or is currently contemplated in the foreseeable future.
Preferred Stock
We are authorized, subject to limitations imposed by Delaware law, to issue up to a total of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the power to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the rights, preferences, and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any of its qualifications, limitations, or restrictions. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of a series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.
Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could harm the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company and might harm the market price of our common stock and the voting power and other rights of the holders of common stock. As of the end of fiscal 2012, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding and we have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
F-17

Table of Contents
Shares Reserved for Future Issuance
Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of the end of fiscal 2012 were as follows:

Stock options outstanding	  	 	7,339,024	  	
Deferred stock units outstanding	  	 	1,009,336	  	
Awards available for grant under all share-based compensation plans	  	 	2,372,348	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Reserved for future issuance	  	 	10,720,708	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Treasury Stock
Our cumulative authorization for our common stock repurchase program is $520.0 million, expiring in October 2013. The program authorizes us to repurchase our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions depending upon market conditions and other factors. The number of shares repurchased and the timing of repurchases is based on the level of our cash balances, general business and market conditions, and other factors, including alternative investment opportunities. Common stock repurchased under this program is held as treasury stock. As of the end of fiscal 2012, we had $106.1 million remaining under our common stock repurchase program.
8. Share-Based Compensation
The purpose of our various share-based compensation plans is to attract, motivate, retain, and reward high-quality employees, directors, and consultants by enabling such persons to acquire or increase their proprietary interest in our common stock in order to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and our stockholders and to provide such persons with annual and long-term performance incentives to focus their best efforts in the creation of stockholder value. Consequently, we determine share-based compensatory awards issued subsequent to the initial award to our employees and consultants primarily on individual performance. Our share-based compensation plans with outstanding awards consist of our 2001 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended, or our 2001 Plan, our 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan, or our 2010 Plan, and our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our 2010 ESPP.
Share-based compensation awards available for grant or issuance for each plan as of the beginning of the fiscal year, including changes in the balance of awards available for grant for fiscal 2012, were as follows:

 	  	Awards
Available
Under All
Share-Based
Award Plans	 	 	2001
Incentive
Compensation
Plan	 	 	2010
Incentive
Compensation
Plan	 	 	2010
Employee
Stock
Purchase
Plan	 	
Balance at June 2011	  	 	4,351,131	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,777,590	  	 	 	573,541	  	
Stock options granted	  	 	(1,179,126	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,179,126	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Deferred stock units granted	  	 	(647,593	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(647,593	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Purchases under employee stock purchase plan	  	 	(242,225	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(242,225	) 	
Forfeited	  	 	452,460	  	 	 	362,299	  	 	 	90,161	  	 	 	—  	  	
Plan shares expired	  	 	(362,299	) 	 	 	(362,299	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at June 2012	  	 	2,372,348	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,041,032	  	 	 	331,316	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Our 2001 Plan, which expired in March 2011, was replaced by our 2010 Plan. Option awards and DSUs that are currently outstanding under our 2001 Plan will remain outstanding until exercised, delivered, forfeited, or cancelled under the terms of the grant agreements.
 
F-18

Table of Contents
Share-based compensation and the related tax benefit recognized in our consolidated statements of income for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
Cost of revenue	  	$	1,129	  	  	$	1,294	  	  	$	2,307	  	
Research and development	  	 	15,509	  	  	 	13,823	  	  	 	14,330	  	
Selling, general, and administrative	  	 	17,523	  	  	 	18,808	  	  	 	18,739	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	34,161	  	  	$	33,925	  	  	$	35,376	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Income tax benefit on share-based compensation	  	$	9,589	  	  	$	9,745	  	  	$	9,642	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
We recognize tax benefit upon expensing certain share-based awards associated with our share-based compensation plans, including nonqualified stock options and DSU awards, but under current accounting standards we cannot recognize tax benefit concurrent with the recognition of share-based compensation expenses associated with incentive stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares (qualified stock options). For qualified stock options that vested after our adoption of the accounting standards, we recognize tax benefit only in the period when disqualifying dispositions of the underlying stock occur, which historically has been up to several years after vesting and in a period when our stock price substantially increases. For qualified stock options that vested prior to our adoption of the accounting standards, the tax benefit is recorded directly to additional paid-in capital.
We determine excess tax benefit using the long-haul method in which we compare the actual tax benefit associated with the tax deduction from share-based award activity to the hypothetical tax benefit on the grant date fair values of the corresponding share-based awards. Tax benefit associated with excess tax deduction creditable to additional paid-in capital is not recognized until the deduction reduces taxes payable. During fiscal 2012, we recognized a $173,000 net shortfall of excess tax benefit through additional paid-in capital. During fiscal 2011 and 2010, we recognized $1.7 million and $7.1 million, respectively, of net excess tax benefit as additional paid-in capital.
Historically, we have issued new shares in connection with our share-based compensation plans; however, treasury shares were also available for issuance as of the end of fiscal 2012. Any additional shares repurchased under our common stock repurchase program would be available for issuance under our share-based compensation plans.
Stock Options
Our share-based compensation plans with outstanding stock option awards include our 2001 Plan and our 2010 Plan. Under our 2010 Plan, we may grant employees, consultants, and directors incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options to purchase shares of our common stock at not less than 100% of the fair market value, or FMV, on the date of grant. Stock options granted to our employees generally are incentive stock options, or qualified options, under the Internal Revenue Code, subject to calendar year vesting limitations with any balance being nonqualified stock options.
Options granted under our 2010 Plan generally vest over four years from the vesting commencement date and expire seven years after the date of grant if not exercised.
 
F-19

Table of Contents
Certain stock option activity for fiscal 2012 and balances as of the end of fiscal 2012 were as follows:

 	  	Stock	 	 	Weighted	 	  	 	 	
 	  	Option	 	 	Average	 	  	Intrinsic	 	
 	  	Awards	 	 	Exercise	 	  	Value	 	
 	  	Outstanding	 	 	Price	 	  	(In thousands)	 	
Balance at June 2011	  	 	7,835,499	  	 	$	24.71	  	  	 	 	 	
Granted	  	 	1,179,126	  	 	 	27.26	  	  	 	 	 	
Exercised	  	 	(1,310,863	) 	 	 	22.08	  	  	 	 	 	
Forfeited	  	 	(364,738	) 	 	 	29.61	  	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Balance at June 2012	  	 	7,339,024	  	 	 	25.34	  	  	$	31,947	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Exercisable at June 2012	  	 	4,810,134	  	 	$	24.08	  	  	$	26,721	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The aggregate intrinsic value was determined using the closing price of our common stock on the last trading day of fiscal 2012, or June 29, 2012, of $28.63 and excludes the impact of options that were not in-the-money. Approximately 50% of the stock option awards outstanding were vested and in-the-money as of the end of fiscal 2012.
At the end of fiscal 2012, we estimated fully vested options and options expected to vest to be 7.2 million with an aggregate intrinsic value of $31.6 million, having a weighted average exercise price of $25.28 and a weighted average remaining contractual term of six years. The weighted average remaining contractual term for the options exercisable is approximately five years.
Cash received and the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
Cash received	  	$	28,939	  	  	$	19,445	  	  	$	9,469	  	
Aggregate intrinsic value	  	$	16,878	  	  	$	17,684	  	  	$	8,306	  	
The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options having no vesting restrictions and being fully transferable. As our stock option and employee stock purchase plan awards have characteristics that differ significantly from traded options and, as changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimated value, our estimate of fair value may not accurately represent the value assigned by a third party in an arms’-length transaction. While our estimate of fair value and the associated charge to earnings materially affects our results of operations, it has no impact on our cash position.
The fair value of each award granted from our plans for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, assuming no expected dividends and the following range of assumptions:

 	  	2012	  	2011	  	2010	
Expected volatility	  	44.6% - 47.6%	  	42.7% - 47.0%	  	44.2% - 62.2%	
Expected life in years	  	4.6	  	4.6 - 5.1	  	4.7 - 5.1	
Risk-free interest rate	  	0.7% - 1.3%	  	1.2% - 2.1%	  	1.9% - 2.7%	
Fair value per award	  	$8.86 - $14.13	  	$10.00 - $12.58	  	$12.19 - $13.58	
The unrecognized share-based compensation costs for stock options granted under our various plans were approximately $31.4 million as of the end of fiscal 2012 to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.3 years.
 
F-20

Table of Contents
During fiscal 2011, we modified the vesting provisions of our former Chief Executive Officer’s share-based awards and recorded an additional $1.4 million of share-based compensation expense in connection with the modification of the awards.
Deferred Stock Units
Our 2001 Plan, which expired in March 2011, provided for the grant of DSU awards to our employees, consultants, and directors. Currently, our 2010 Plan provides for the grant of DSU awards to our employees, consultants, and directors. A DSU is a promise to deliver shares of our common stock at a future date in accordance with the terms of the DSU grant agreement. We began granting DSUs in January 2006.
DSUs granted under our 2010 Plan generally vest ratably over four years from the vesting commencement date. Delivery of shares under the plan takes place on the quarterly vesting dates. At the delivery date, we withhold shares to cover statutory minimum tax withholding by delivering a net quantity of shares. Until delivery of shares, the grantee has no rights as a stockholder.
An election to defer delivery of the underlying shares for unvested DSUs can be made by the grantee provided the deferral election is made at least one year before vesting and the deferral period is at least five years from the scheduled delivery date.
DSU activity, including DSUs granted, delivered, and forfeited in fiscal 2012, and the balance and aggregate intrinsic value of DSUs as of the end of fiscal 2012 were as follows:

 	  	 	 	 	Aggregate	 	  	Weighted	 	
 	  	 	 	 	Intrinsic	 	  	Average	 	
 	  	DSU Awards	 	 	Value	 	  	Grant Date	 	
 	  	Outstanding	 	 	(in thousands)	 	  	Fair Value	 	
Balance at June 30, 2011	  	 	868,025	  	 	 	 	 	  	$	27.74	  	
Granted	  	 	647,593	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	29.46	  	
Delivered	  	 	(418,560	) 	 	 	 	 	  	 	31.72	  	
Forfeited	  	 	(87,722	) 	 	 	 	 	  	 	28.77	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Balance at June 30, 2012	  	 	1,009,336	  	 	$	28,897	  	  	 	29.12	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Of the shares delivered, 123,508 shares valued at $3.9 million were withheld to meet statutory minimum tax withholding requirements. The aggregate intrinsic value was determined using the closing price of our common stock on the last trading day of fiscal 2012, or June 29, 2012, of $28.63.
The unrecognized share-based compensation cost for DSUs granted under our 2001 Plan and our 2010 Plan was approximately $29.4 million as of the end of fiscal 2012, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.7 years. The aggregate market value of DSUs delivered in fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $13.3 million, $11.1 million, and $7.7 million, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Our 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our 2001 ESPP, became effective on January 29, 2002, the effective date of the registration statement for our initial public offering. Our 2010 ESPP became effective on January 1, 2011 and replaced our 2001 ESPP, which expired in December 2010. The 2010 ESPP allows employees to designate up to 15% of their base compensation, subject to legal restrictions and limitations, to purchase shares of common stock at 85% of the lesser of the FMV at the beginning of the offering period or the exercise date. The offering period extends for up to two years and includes four exercise dates occurring at six-month intervals. Under the terms of our 2010 ESPP, if the FMV at an exercise date is less than the FMV at the beginning of the offering period, the current offering period will terminate and a new two-year offering period will commence.
 
F-21

Table of Contents
Shares purchased, weighted average purchase price, cash received, and the aggregate intrinsic value for employee stock purchase plan purchases in fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows (in thousands, except shares purchased and weighted average purchase price):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
Shares purchased	  	 	242,225	  	  	 	397,204	  	  	 	301,215	  	
Weighted average purchase price	  	$	24.51	  	  	$	17.57	  	  	$	15.15	  	
Cash received	  	$	5,937	  	  	$	6,978	  	  	$	4,562	  	
Aggregate intrinsic value	  	$	1,534	  	  	$	4,327	  	  	$	5,901	  	
In accordance with accounting standards related to the accounting for employee stock purchase plans with a look-back option, the early termination of an offering period followed by the commencement of a new offering period represents a modification to the terms of the related awards. Under the terms of our 2010 ESPP, the offering period that commenced on May 16, 2011 was terminated on May 15, 2012 and a new offering period commenced on May 16, 2012. The May 16, 2012 modification affected approximately 491 employees and resulted in incremental compensation costs that were not material and that will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the two-year period ending May 15, 2014.
Under the terms of our 2010 ESPP, the offering period that commenced on January 3, 2011 was terminated on May 13, 2011 and a new offering period commenced on May 16, 2011. The May 16, 2011 modification affected approximately 437 employees and resulted in incremental compensation costs that were not material and that will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the two-year period ending May 15, 2013.
The fair value of each award granted under our 2001 ESPP and 2010 ESPP for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, assuming no expected dividends and the following range of assumptions:

 	  	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Expected volatility	  	34.0% - 37.3%	 	32.5% - 48.6%	 	56.6% - 63.2%	
Expected life in years	  	0.5 - 2.0	 	0.5 - 2.0	 	0.5 - 2.0	
Risk-free interest rate\	  	0.1% - 0.3%	 	0.1% - 0.6%	 	0.2% - 1.1%	
Fair value per award	  	$6.72 - $9.32	 	$6.77 - $11.56	 	$10.05 - $18.81	
The expected volatility is based on either implied volatility for the expected lives of 0.5 years or a weighting of implied and historical volatility for expected lives greater than 0.5 years; the expected life is based on each period that begins with the enrollment date until each purchase date remaining in the offering period at the date of enrollment in the plan; and the risk free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury yields or yield curve in effect for each expected life.
Unrecognized share-based compensation costs for awards granted under our 2010 ESPP at the end of fiscal 2012 were approximately $5.8 million that will be amortized over the next 22 months.
9. Employee Benefit Plans
401(k) Plan
We have a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan for full-time employees. Under the plan, eligible employees may contribute a portion of their net compensation up to the annual limit of $17,000. The annual limit for employees who are 50 years or older is $22,500. In fiscal 2012, we provided matching funds of 25% of the employees’ contributions, excluding catch-up contributions. The employer matching funds vest 25% over four years and are fully vested at the end of the fourth year. We made matching contributions of $1.2 million, $1.0 million, and $943,000, in fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
 
F-22

Table of Contents
10. Income Taxes
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
United States	  	$	3,602	  	  	$	(915	) 	 	$	(16,077	) 	
Foreign	  	 	64,948	  	  	 	74,386	  	 	 	76,334	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before provision for income taxes	  	$	68,550	  	  	$	73,471	  	 	$	60,257	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The provision for income taxes for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Current tax expense	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	  	$	5,524	  	 	$	2,573	  	 	$	4,101	  	
State	  	 	36	  	 	 	152	  	 	 	453	  	
Foreign	  	 	9,587	  	 	 	10,616	  	 	 	9,272	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	15,147	  	 	 	13,341	  	 	 	13,826	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax expense (benefit)	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	  	 	(814	) 	 	 	(3,579	) 	 	 	(9,058	) 	
State	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,619	  	
Foreign	  	 	73	  	 	 	(87	) 	 	 	(95	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	(741	) 	 	 	(3,666	) 	 	 	(6,534	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Provision for income taxes	  	$	14,406	  	 	$	9,675	  	 	$	7,292	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The provision for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 as follows (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Provision at U.S. federal statutory rate	  	$	23,992	  	 	$	25,715	  	 	$	21,088	  	
State income taxes	  	 	139	  	 	 	390	  	 	 	2,650	  	
Qualified stock options	  	 	2,280	  	 	 	2,129	  	 	 	2,474	  	
Business credits	  	 	(1,278	) 	 	 	(2,910	) 	 	 	(846	) 	
Foreign tax differential	  	 	(10,933	) 	 	 	(15,818	) 	 	 	(16,994	) 	
Tax exempt interest	  	 	(18	) 	 	 	(18	) 	 	 	(106	) 	
Change in valuation allowance	  	 	(27	) 	 	 	(21	) 	 	 	155	  	
Tax benefit from NOL carryback	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,804	) 	
Other differences	  	 	251	  	 	 	208	  	 	 	675	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Provision for income taxes	  	$	14,406	  	 	$	9,675	  	 	$	7,292	  	

F-23

Table of Contents
Net deferred tax assets as of the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	
Current deferred tax assets	  	$	1,596	  	  	$	1,143	  	
Non-current deferred tax assets	  	 	13,725	  	  	 	16,514	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax assets	  	$	15,321	  	  	$	17,657	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current deferred tax assets and non-current deferred tax assets are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and other assets, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Significant components of our deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	
Deferred tax assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment writedowns	  	$	6,871	  	 	$	7,253	  	
Capital loss carryforward	  	 	1,984	  	 	 	2,066	  	
Inventory writedowns	  	 	259	  	 	 	334	  	
Property and equipment	  	 	605	  	 	 	651	  	
Accrued compensation	  	 	1,443	  	 	 	924	  	
Share-based compensation	  	 	15,913	  	 	 	15,996	  	
Business credit carryforward	  	 	14,372	  	 	 	13,958	  	
Net operating loss carryforward	  	 	1,403	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other accruals	  	 	612	  	 	 	274	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	43,462	  	 	 	41,456	  	
Valuation allowance	  	 	(14,715	) 	 	 	(15,058	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	28,747	  	 	 	26,398	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition intangibles	  	 	(4,583	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Interest deduction	  	 	(8,843	) 	 	 	(8,741	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	(13,426	) 	 	 	(8,741	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax assets	  	$	15,321	  	 	$	17,657	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Realization of deferred tax assets depends on our generating sufficient U.S. and certain foreign taxable income in future years to obtain benefit from the utilization of those deferred tax assets on our tax returns. Accordingly, the amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable may increase or decrease when we reevaluate the underlying basis for our estimates of future U.S. and foreign taxable income. As of the end of fiscal 2012, a valuation allowance of $14.7 million had been established to reduce deferred tax assets to levels that we believe are more than likely than not to be realized through future taxable income.
Undistributed operating earnings of our foreign subsidiaries were approximately $334.8 million as of the end of fiscal 2012 and are considered to be indefinitely reinvested overseas, and no U.S. income taxes have been provided for on these earnings. The potential deferred tax liability associated with undistributed operating earnings of our foreign subsidiaries was approximately $84.1 million.
As of the end of fiscal 2012, we had California net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $33.5 million. The California net operating loss carryforwards were attributable to share-based award deductions. The benefit of these net operating losses will be recorded directly to additional paid-in capital when realized. The California net operating loss will begin to expire in fiscal 2021, if not utilized. The federal and state capital losses will begin to expire in fiscal 2013, if not utilized. In addition, we had $4.0 million of federal and Idaho operating losses in connection with the acquisition of Pacinian Corporation, or Pacinian. See Note 12. Acquisition of Pacinian. Under current tax law, net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards available to offset future income or income taxes may be limited by statute or upon the occurrence of certain events, including significant changes in ownership.
 
F-24

Table of Contents
We had $8.0 million and $8.4 million of federal and state research tax credit carryforwards, respectively. The federal research tax credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2027 and the state research tax credit can be carried forward indefinitely. We also had $1.7 million of federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforward available to offset future federal tax liabilities with no expiration.
The total liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits, included in other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, increased $2.9 million to $23.1 million in fiscal 2012 from $20.2 million in fiscal 2011. All of this amount would affect the effective tax rate on income from continuing operations, if recognized. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits consisted of the following (in millions):

Balance as of June 2011	  	$	20.2	  	
Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior year tax positions	  	 	0.3	  	
Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to current year tax positions	  	 	2.6	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Balance as of June 2012	  	$	23.1	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Accrued interest and penalties increased by $750,000 to $2.4 million at the end of fiscal 2012 from $1.6 million at the end of fiscal 2011. Our policy is to classify interest and penalties, if any, as components of income tax expense.
In May 2011, we were notified by the Service, that our fiscal 2003 through 2006 and fiscal 2008 through 2010 would be subject to an audit. The early periods are being audited in connection with a mandatory review of tax refunds in excess of $2.0 million when we carried back our fiscal 2008 net operating loss. In April 2012, we received notices of proposed adjustments disallowing certain interest deductions resulting in a potential tax liability of approximately $1.0 million, excluding interest and penalties. We intend to contest the proposed adjustments through the administrative process. While we believe our unrecognized tax benefits associated with the years and issues under audit are adequate, we can make no assurances that an assessment, if any, will not exceed our accrued unrecognized tax benefits.
We anticipate the federal audit will conclude in fiscal 2013 and could result in a change to our unrecognized tax benefits. Any prospective adjustments to our unrecognized tax benefits will be recorded as an increase or decrease to income tax expense and cause a corresponding change to our effective tax rate. Accordingly, our effective tax rate could fluctuate materially from period to period.
Our major tax jurisdictions are the United States, California, and Hong Kong SAR and fiscal 2003 onward remain subject to examination by one or more of these jurisdictions.
11. Segment, Customers, and Geographic Information
We operate in one segment: the development, marketing, and sale of interactive user interface solutions for electronic devices and products. We generate our revenue from two broad product categories: the PC market and digital lifestyle product markets. The PC market accounted for 51%, 48%, and 59% of our net revenue for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
Net revenue within geographic areas based on our customers’ locations for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
China	  	$	353,522	  	  	$	399,798	  	  	$	389,499	  	
Japan	  	 	65,129	  	  	 	65,548	  	  	 	35,838	  	
Taiwan	  	 	60,980	  	  	 	76,631	  	  	 	56,096	  	
Korea	  	 	35,046	  	  	 	24,523	  	  	 	32,496	  	
United States	  	 	5,179	  	  	 	6,314	  	  	 	430	  	
Other	  	 	28,372	  	  	 	25,724	  	  	 	531	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	$	548,228	  	  	$	598,538	  	  	$	514,890	  	

F-25

Table of Contents
Long-lived assets within geographic areas as of the end of fiscal 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	
United States	  	 	$32,673	  	 	$	19,730	  	
Asia/Pacific	  	 	(7,770	) 	 	 	6,492	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	$24,903	  	 	$	26,222	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Our goodwill of $18.9 million represents a corporate asset of $17.0 million arising from the acquisition of Pacinian in the United States in fiscal 2012 and $1.9 million from an acquisition of an Asian company in a prior year.
Major customers’ revenue as a percentage of total net revenue for fiscal 2012, 2011, and 2010 were as follows:

 	  	2012	 	 	2011	 	  	2010	 	
Customer A	  	 	12	% 	 	 	*	  	  	 	*	  	
Customer B	  	 	*	  	 	 	*	  	  	 	11	% 	
Customer C	  	 	*	  	 	 	*	  	  	 	10	% 	
 
 	*	Less than 10%	
12. Acquisition of Pacinian
On June 13, 2012, or the acquisition date, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares and voting interest of Pacinian. This acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination. The results of Pacinian’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. Pacinian was a development stage company, which developed an innovative thin keyboard design using its ThinTouch technology. ThinTouch is a design technology employing an innovative ramp capability that delivers a full keyboard solution that is 40% thinner than traditional keyboard solutions. By combining our TouchPad technology with the ThinTouch technology, we expect to deliver a complete keyboard solution targeted for the next generation of thin and light notebook PC form factors, such as ultrabooks.
The acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred totaled $26.9 million , which consisted of the following (in thousands):

Cash	  	$	15,016	  	
Contingent consideration	  	 	11,900	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	$	26,916	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The contingent consideration arrangement requires us to pay $5.0 million of additional consideration to Pacinian’s former stockholders, due upon customer acceptance of a ThinTouch product, and up to $10.0 million of additional consideration to Pacinian’s former stockholders, at a rate of $0.60 for each unit shipped utilizing ThinTouch technology through June 2016. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement as of the acquisition date was $11.9 million. We estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration for both customer acceptance and for unit shipments using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. These fair value measurements were based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent a Level 3 measurement. The key assumptions in applying the probability-weighted discounted cash flow model for the $5.0 million additional consideration due upon customer acceptance was a 5.1% discount rate under five equally weighted cash flow scenarios. The key assumptions in applying the probability-weighted discounted cash flow model for the $10.0 million additional consideration based on unit shipments was a 12.4% discount rate under five equally weighted cash flow scenarios. The contingent consideration will be remeasured to fair value in future reporting periods and any adjustments recorded through earnings.
 
F-26

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

Cash	  	$	384	  	
Intangible assets	  	 	12,800	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total identifiable assets acquired	  	 	13,184	  	
 	 	
Other net tangible liabilities	  	 	110	  	
Non-current deferred tax liabilities	  	 	3,077	  	
Notes payable	  	 	149	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Net identifiable assets acquired	  	 	9,848	  	
Goodwill	  	 	17,068	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Net assets acquired	  	$	26,916	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Of the $12.8 million of acquired intangible assets, $8.9 million was assigned to in-process research and development and will be amortized over an estimated useful life to be determined at the date the project is completed, $3.8 million was assigned to customer relationships and will be amortized over an estimated useful life of five years, and $100,000 was assigned to patents and will be amortized over an estimated useful life of five years.
We operate in one segment, therefore, the goodwill applies to a company-wide reporting unit. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
We recognized approximately $200,000 of acquisition-related costs that were expensed in fiscal 2012. These costs are included in our consolidated statements of income as selling, general, and administrative expenses.
The amounts of revenue and earnings of Pacinian included in our consolidated statements of income from the acquisition date to the period ended June 30, 2012, were immaterial. Pro forma consolidated statements of income as if Pacinian had been included for the entire years ended June 30, 2012 and June 25, 2011, are not materially different than those reported.
Prior to the acquisition, we did not have a preexisting relationship with Pacinian.
13. Subsequent Event
In July 2012, we entered an agreement to acquire tangible and intangible assets and certain liabilities of the Video Display Operation of Integrated Device Technology, Inc., including a worldwide non-exclusive, irrevocable, non-transferable, royalty-free paid up license, for $5.0 million. We completed this transaction in August 2012. This acquisition was effected to enhance our technology portfolio with a primary focus on the emerging large touchscreen market for notebooks, ultrabooks, and tablets.

F-27

Exhibit 10.30
AGREEMENT OF PURCHASE AND SALE AND ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
This Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Escrow Instructions dated as of June 25, 2012 (the “Effective Date”), is between McKAY HENRY, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Seller”), and SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”).
ARTICLE 1
PURCHASE AND SALE OF PROPERTY
1.1 Sale. Seller is the owner or holder, as the case may be, of the Property described below and herewith agrees to sell to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions set forth herein, the Property. The “Property” consists of all of the following:
(a) Land. All of Seller’s estate, title, right and interest in and to that certain real property, consisting of approximately seven and eighty-four hundredths (7.84) acres of land, located at 1109, 1151 and 1251 McKay Drive in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California (APNs 244-19-047, 244-19-032 and 244-19-023) and more particularly described in  Exhibit A  attached hereto (the “Land”).
(b) Appurtenances. The interest of Seller, if any, in all rights, privileges and easements appurtenant to the Land, including, without limitation, all minerals and oil, gas and other hydrocarbon substances on and under the Land; development rights; rights of way; sidewalks; and all other appurtenances used in connection with the beneficial use and enjoyment of the Land (all of which are collectively referred to as the “Appurtenances”).
(c) Improvements. The interest of Seller in all structures, buildings and other improvements located on the Land, including, without limitation, three (3) buildings, consisting of approximately one hundred fifty-one thousand two hundred forty-seven (151,247) leasable square feet in the aggregate located on the Land, and in all fixtures located therein or used in connection with the operation or occupancy thereof (all of which are collectively referred to as the “Improvements”). The Land, Appurtenances and Improvements are collectively referred to herein as the “Real Property”.
(d) Personal Property. The interest of Seller, if any, in all (i) site plans, architectural renderings, plans and specifications, engineering plans, as-built drawings, floor plans and other similar plans or diagrams (excluding any copyright applicable to such architectural renderings and/or plans), if any, which relate to the Real Property and are in Seller’s possession; (ii) licenses and permits which relate to the Real Property and are assignable by Seller to Buyer; and (iii) equipment, tools, machinery, supplies and other personal property, if any, attached or pertaining to, or otherwise used in connection with and located within the Real Property (the “Personal Property”).
(e) Intangible Property. The interest of Seller, if any, to the extent transferable, in any warranties and guarantees received by Seller from any contractors, subcontractors, suppliers or materialmen in connection with any construction, repairs or alteration of the Improvements, warranties on equipment and other goods constituting fixtures in the Improvements, and Seller’s interest, if any, in licenses and permits relating to the use and operation of the Property (all of which are collectively referred to as the “Intangible Property”). After the Closing (as defined below), Seller shall have (and in that regard reserves to itself) rights and benefits of any such indemnification, hold harmless and defense rights or causes of action assignable to Buyer at Closing hereunder as are necessary in defense of or otherwise in connection with any claims, actions or proceedings against Seller for which indemnity, hold harmless or defense is available thereunder.

1.2 Purchase Price.
(a) The purchase price of the Property is Twelve Million Ninety-nine Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty and 00/100 Dollars ($12,099,760.00) (the “Purchase Price”).
(b) The Purchase Price shall be paid as follows:
(i) Concurrently with or prior to the execution of this Agreement by Buyer and Seller, Buyer shall deposit into an escrow account (the “Escrow”) established with First American Title Insurance Company, 1737 North First Street, Suite 500, San Jose, CA 95112, Attn: Liz Zankich (the “Title Company”) by wire transfer or cashier’s check the sum of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($250,000.00) (the “Deposit”). The Deposit shall be placed by Title Company in an interest-bearing account, with interest accruing in the name of Buyer and, if applicable, credited to the Purchase Price upon the Closing (as defined below). The interest accrued on the Deposit, or applicable portion thereof, while in escrow shall be deemed part of the Deposit for purposes of this Agreement.
(ii) Upon the satisfaction (or waiver in writing by Buyer) of the conditions set forth in Sections 2.1(a) through 2.1(f), but in no event later than the expiration of the Feasibility Period referred to in Section 2.2(b) below, the Deposit shall become non-refundable to Buyer (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) and shall be credited against the Purchase Price at the Closing (defined in Section 1.2(b)(iii) below).
(iii) The balance of the Purchase Price (subject to the apportionments and credits provided for in this Agreement) shall be deposited into the Escrow for payment to Seller, all in cash, at the consummation of the purchase and sale transaction contemplated hereunder (the “Closing”). In addition to payment of the balance of the Purchase Price at Closing, Buyer shall accept title to the Property as of the Closing hereunder subject to all non-delinquent real property taxes and assessments encumbering the Property (prorated as of the Closing).
 
-2-

(c) THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT SELLER’S ECONOMIC DETRIMENT RESULTING FROM THE REMOVAL OF THE PROPERTY FROM THE REAL ESTATE MARKET FOR AN EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME AND ANY CARRYING AND OTHER COSTS INCURRED AFTER THE REMOVAL OF THE PROPERTY FROM THE REAL ESTATE MARKET ARE IMPRACTICABLE OR EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO ASCERTAIN. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT THE AMOUNT OF THE DEPOSIT, INCLUDING ANY INTEREST ACCRUED THEREON, IS A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF THE DAMAGES THAT WILL BE INCURRED BY SELLER IN THE EVENT THE CLOSING FAILS TO OCCUR DUE TO A DEFAULT OR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT BY BUYER. BUYER AGREES THAT IN THE EVENT THE CLOSING FAILS TO OCCUR DUE TO SUCH DEFAULT OR BREACH BY BUYER OF BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE THE PROPERTY, SELLER, AS ITS SOLE REMEDY, SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE AND RETAIN THE DEPOSIT AS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 1671, 1676 AND 1677 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AND SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE A FORFEITURE OR PENALTY WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3275 OR SECTION 3369 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, OR ANY SIMILAR PROVISION. SELLER HEREBY WAIVES THE REMEDY OF SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE WITH RESPECT TO ANY DEFAULT BY BUYER OF ITS OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE THE PROPERTY, AND AGREES THAT THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE SELLER’S SOLE REMEDY IN THE EVENT BUYER DEFAULTS OR BREACHES IN ITS OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE THE PROPERTY HEREUNDER. THIS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVISION SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE TO ANY DEFAULT OR BREACH BY BUYER OF ANY INDEMNIFICATION, DEFENSE OR HOLD HARMLESS OBLIGATION OR RESTORATION OBLIGATION OF BUYER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OF BUYER THAT EXPRESSLY SURVIVES THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. THIS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVISION ALSO SHALL NOT SERVE AS A LIMITATION ON THE AMOUNT OF ATTORNEYS’ FEES THAT SELLER MAY PURSUE OR COLLECT FROM BUYER IN THE EVENT SELLER INCURS ATTORNEYS’ FEES IN ATTEMPTING TO COLLECT OR RETAIN THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES REFERRED TO HEREIN. BY INITIALING THIS SECTION 1.2(c) BELOW, SELLER AND BUYER AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION 1.2(c).
INITIALS: SELLER MR              INITIALS: BUYER JBH
1.3 Independent Contract Consideration. Concurrently with the mutual execution of this Agreement, Buyer shall deliver directly to Seller the amount of One Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($100.00) as independent consideration (“Independent Contract Consideration”) for Seller’s execution of this Agreement and agreement to sell the Property to Buyer on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the grant to Buyer of the right to conduct its due diligence investigation of the Property and the grant to Buyer of the right to terminate this Agreement (pursuant to Section 2.2(b) below) on or before the expiration of the Feasibility Period in connection with such due diligence investigation. The Independent Contract Consideration is not applicable to the Purchase Price and shall be retained by Seller in the event of the Closing or any termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2
CONDITIONS
2.1 Conditions Precedent to Buyer’s Obligation. Buyer’s obligation to purchase the Property is conditioned upon the following:
(a) Buyer’s review and approval in Buyer’s sole and absolute discretion of a current ALTA commitment to issue extended coverage title insurance, issued by First American Title Insurance Company (“Title Insurer”) in favor of Buyer in the full amount of the Purchase Price, together with copies of all documents and instruments referenced in the Requirements and Schedule B (Exceptions) section (“Title Commitment”), and a current ALTA-ACSM certified survey of the Real Property (“ALTA Survey”), in sufficient detail to support the issuance of a ALTA extended coverage owner’s policy of title insurance at Closing. Prior the execution of this Agreement, Buyer has ordered the Title Commitment and the ALTA Survey and Seller has furnished to Buyer a copy of the ALTA survey in Seller’s possession (and referred to in Exhibit B  attached hereto. The ALTA Survey shall be obtained by Buyer prior to the Closing Date at Buyer’s expense.
 
-3-

(b) Buyer’s review and approval in Buyer’s sole and absolute discretion of the physical condition of the Property, including, without limitation, the structural, electrical, and mechanical condition of the Property and the presence or absence of “Hazardous Materials” (defined below) in or from its soil and groundwater, or anywhere else in or around the Property. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any chemical, substance, waste or material which is deemed hazardous, toxic, a pollutant or a contaminant, under any federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation or judicial or administrative order or decisions, now or hereafter in effect, or which has been shown to have significant adverse effects on human health or the environment. Hazardous Materials shall include, without limitation, substances defined as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” or “toxic substances” in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 9601,  et seq .; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. § 1801,  et seq .; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901,  et seq .; in the regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to such laws; and in the Hazardous Materials storage, use or discharge laws, regulations and ordinances of the County of Santa Clara.
(c) Buyer’s review and approval in Buyer’s sole and absolute discretion of all zoning, land use, building, environmental and other statutes, ordinances, laws, rules, or regulations applicable to the Property.
(d) Buyer’s review and approval in Buyer’s sole and absolute discretion of the documents identified on Exhibit B attached hereto and such other documents as Buyer may reasonably request in writing from Seller excluding the Excluded Documents referred to below (the “Documents”). Buyer acknowledges that Seller is furnishing or making available, or has furnished and made available, to Buyer the documents referred to in  Exhibit B  as a courtesy to Buyer and that Seller makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of the documents referred to in  Exhibit B  or any other documents or reports provided by Seller to Buyer under the terms of this Agreement. Buyer covenants, represents and warrants to Seller that Seller shall have no liability to Buyer or any of Buyer’s officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, managers, affiliates, agents, employees and/or representatives in any manner arising from the use or reliance on the Documents by Buyer or any of Buyer’s officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, managers, affiliates, agents, employees and/or representatives. Seller has furnished or made available to Buyer, prior to the Effective Date, copies of the documents referred to in  Exhibit B  and, following the Effective Date, shall furnish or make available to Buyer other Documents within two (2) business days of Buyer’s request therefore. Prior to the Closing, Buyer shall maintain as confidential the Documents and any and all material obtained about the Property (“Confidential Information”) and shall not disclose Confidential Information to any uninvolved third party; provided, however, Buyer shall have the right to disclose Confidential Information to involved third parties who require information to assist Buyer in Buyer’s due diligence investigations of the Property, provided that Buyer shall take reasonable steps to require such involved third parties to agree to be bound by the confidentiality provisions in this Section 2.1(d). If the Closing fails to occur for any reason other than Seller’s default, the Documents shall be promptly returned to Seller. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the foregoing covenants made by Buyer to keep confidential such Confidential Information shall expressly not include any disclosure or dissemination of portions of the Confidential Information to the extent legally compelled to do so, otherwise required by law, statute, court order or subpoena, in the public domain or in the possession of Buyer or any involved third party. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Seller shall not be obligated to provide to Buyer, and Buyer shall have no right to inspect or make copies of, any of the following: any purchase and escrow agreements and correspondence pertaining to Seller’s acquisition of the Property (and Seller shall be entitled to redact the purchase price paid by Seller for the Property from any documents furnished to Buyer); any letters of intent or proposals to purchase or sell the Property submitted to or received from any prospective purchasers of the Property; any appraisals; any financing documents: any economic evaluations of the Property prepared by or for Seller; Seller’s organizational documents and records; and any internal budgets or financial projections prepared by Seller or its advisors, managers, attorneys, accountants or consultants for Seller or any of its constituent partners or members (collectively, the “Excluded Documents”).
 
-4-

(e) Buyer’s review and approval in Buyer’s sole and absolute discretion of all service contracts and any other contracts or agreements related to or affecting the Property.
(f) Buyer’s review and approval in Buyer’s sole and absolute discretion of the economic feasibility of the Property and feasibility of the buildings located on the Land for Buyer’s intended ownership and use.
(g) Seller shall have timely performed in all material respects all of its obligations under this Agreement prior to the Closing.
(h) The Title Insurer shall be ready, willing and able to issue to Buyer at Closing an ALTA extended coverage owner’s policy of title insurance, with coverage in an amount equal to the Purchase Price showing title to the Property vested in Buyer subject only to the Conditions of Title referred to in Section 4.1 below. If Buyer has not issued to the Title Insurer, prior to the Closing Date, a current ALTA-ACSM Survey sufficient to meet the requirements of the Title Insurer for issuance of the ALTA extended coverage owner’s policy of title insurance referred to above and, as a result thereof, the Title Insurer will not issue to Buyer as of the Closing hereunder an ALTA extended coverage owner’s policy of title insurance as described above, then the condition set forth in this Section 2.1(h) shall be deemed satisfied if the Title Insurer will issue to Buyer as of the Closing an ALTA standard owner’s policy of title insurance, with coverage in an amount equal to the Purchase Price showing title to the Property vested in Buyer subject only to the Conditions of Title referred to in Section 4.1 below, all matters that would be disclosed by a current survey of the Real Property and the standard printed exceptions set forth on an ALTA standard owner’s policy of title insurance (except any exception which Title Insurer has committed, in writing, to insure over prior to the expiration of the Title Contingency Period).
(i) All of Seller’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.3 shall be true and correct as of the Closing.
(j) There shall have been no termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 7.
 
-5-

2.2 Contingency Periods.
(a) Buyer shall have until 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on July 16, 2012, which is twenty-one (21) calendar days from the Effective Date of this Agreement (such period being referred to herein as the “Title Contingency Period”), to review and approve in Buyer’s sole and absolute discretion the matters described in Section 2.1(a). Seller shall have no obligation to remove or cure any title matters objected to by Buyer, except that Seller agrees to remove from the condition of title at Closing (without the necessity of Buyer delivering any notice disapproving such matters) all deeds of trust or mortgages entered into by Seller affecting the Real Property. If, on or before the expiration of the Title Contingency Period, Buyer fails to notify Seller in writing of Buyer’s approval described in Section 2.1(a) above, then Buyer shall be deemed to have elected to terminate this Agreement, in which event all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder (other than those that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement and the rights and remedies arising out of any breach of such surviving obligations) shall cease and Buyer shall be entitled to the prompt return of the Deposit. If, prior to the expiration of the Title Contingency Period, Buyer notifies Seller in writing of Buyer’s approval of the matters described in Section 2.1(a) above, then Buyer shall be deemed to have approved the matters described in Section 2.1(a) and such matters shall no longer be conditions to Buyer’s obligations hereunder.
(b) Buyer shall have until 5:00 p.m. on July 16, 2012, which is twenty-one (21) days following the Effective Date (such period being referred to herein as the “Feasibility Period”) to review and approve in Buyer’s sole discretion the matters described in Sections 2.1(b)-(f) above. If, prior to the expiration of the Feasibility Period, Buyer does not notify Seller in writing of Buyer’s unconditional approval or waiver of all of the matters described in Sections 2.1(b)-(f) above, then Buyer shall be deemed to have elected to terminate this Agreement, in which event all obligations under this Agreement (other than those that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement and the rights and remedies arising out of any breach of such surviving obligations) shall cease and Buyer shall be entitled to the prompt return of the Deposit. If, prior to the expiration of the Feasibility Period, Buyer notifies Seller in writing of Buyer’s unconditional approval or waiver of the matters described in Sections 2.1(b)-(f) above, then Buyer shall be deemed to have approved the matters described in Sections 2.1(b)-(f) and such matters shall no longer be conditions to Buyer’s obligations hereunder.
(c) If any of the conditions set forth in Sections 2(g)-(j) above are not satisfied or waived in writing by Buyer on or before the Closing, then, at the option of Buyer, this Agreement shall terminate upon written notice to Seller and, in the event of such termination, the Deposit made by Buyer hereunder shall be returned to Buyer, and the parties shall have no further obligations under this Agreement (other than those that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement); provided, however, in the event this Agreement is terminated as a result of a material default by Seller hereunder, Buyer shall have all of the rights and remedies available to Buyer under Section 11.2 below.
 
-6-

2.3 Seller’s Conditions to Closing. Seller’s obligation to sell the Property and perform its obligations incident to the Closing hereunder is conditioned upon the following:
(a) Buyer shall have performed and complied with all of the material covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it within the applicable time period set forth herein for performance of such material covenants and agreements.
(b) All of Buyer’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.4 shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date.
If the condition in Section 2.3(a) or in Section 2.3(b) is not satisfied (or waived in writing by Seller), then, at Seller’s election, in its sole discretion, by written notice to Buyer, this Agreement shall terminate. In the event of such termination, Seller shall be entitled to receive and retain the Deposit as liquidated damages, and all obligations of Seller and Buyer under this Agreement (other than those that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement and the rights and remedies arising out of any breach of such surviving obligations) shall cease.
ARTICLE 3
RIGHT OF ENTRY
3.1 Buyer’s Independent Investigation.
(a) During the Feasibility Period, Buyer acknowledges that it will investigate to the extent deemed necessary by Buyer, all matters relating to title and governmental regulations affecting the Property, together with all governmental and other legal requirements such as taxes, assessments, zoning, use permit requirements and building codes. In addition, Buyer and its representatives, agents, consultants and contractors shall have the right to enter the Property, or applicable portion thereof, to inspect it, including, without limitation, the interior, the exterior, the structure, the paving, the utilities, and all other physical and functional aspects of the Property (each, a “Buyer Inspection”) subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i) Buyer shall not be in default of this Agreement.
(ii) Buyer shall provide Seller with at least two (2) business day’s prior written or oral notice of any Buyer Inspection.
(iii) Each Buyer Inspection shall be at Buyer’s sole cost.
(iv) The persons or entities performing the Buyer Inspections shall be properly licensed (to the extent an applicable license is required) and qualified and shall have obtained all appropriate permits for performing relevant tests on the Property and shall have delivered such permits to Seller, prior to performing any tests on the Property.
 
-7-

(v) Buyer shall not undertake, or cause to be undertaken, any physical or invasive testing or drilling of the Property without Seller’s prior written approval, which approval Seller may give or withhold in Seller’s sole discretion. If Seller consents in writing to such physical or invasive testing or drilling, then Seller shall be entitled to impose reasonable conditions on such testing or drilling, including, without limitation, the condition that Seller be provided split samples of Buyer’s core samples resulting from such testing or drilling.
(vi) Unless otherwise requested by Seller, all the Buyer Inspections shall be during normal business hours. In connection with the exercise of Buyer’s rights under this Section 3.1(a), Buyer shall comply, and cause its agents, employees, contractors, consultants and other representatives to comply, with all reasonable security requirements of Seller with respect to the Improvements.
(vii) Seller shall have the right to have one (1) or more representatives of Seller accompany Buyer and Buyer’s representatives, agents, consultants or contractors while they are on the Property.
(viii) If the Property is damaged by Buyer or any of its agents, employees, affiliates, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or other representatives, in connection with a Buyer’s Inspection and Buyer does not purchase the Property, then Buyer, at Buyer’s sole cost and expense, shall immediately repair such damage and restore the Property to its condition existing immediately prior to the Buyer Inspections. Until restoration is complete, Buyer shall take all steps necessary to ensure that any conditions on the Property created by the Buyer Inspections do not interfere with the normal operation of the Property or create any dangerous, unhealthy, unsightly or noisy conditions on the Property. The restoration obligation contained in this Section 3.1(a)(viii) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
(ix) Buyer shall indemnify, protect and defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Seller) and hold harmless Seller and its members, managers, employees, agents and affiliates for, from and against any and all claims, damages, liens, judgments, injuries, penalties, demands, obligations, actions, costs, liabilities and losses (including mechanics’ liens) and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) to the extent arising out of any entry by Buyer or any of its agents, employees, representatives, consultants or contractors. The foregoing indemnity and defense obligations do not apply to (a) any loss, liability, cost or expense to the extent arising from or related to the negligence or willful misconduct of Seller or any of its agents, employees or contractors, (b) any diminution in value of the Property arising from or relating to the mere discovery of any pre-existing condition on the Property by Buyer during its investigation of the Property, or (c) the spread or release of any Hazardous Materials which are merely discovered (but not deposited, released, spilled, exacerbated or discharged) on or under the Property by Buyer or any of its agents, employees, affiliates, contractors, subcontractors, materialmen and other representatives (provided, however, Buyer’s indemnification, defense and hold harmless obligations stated in this subsection 3.1(a)(ix) shall be applicable to claims, damages, liens, judgments, injuries, penalties, demands, obligations, actions, costs, liabilities and losses (including mechanics’ liens) and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) to the extent arising from any Hazardous Materials that are exacerbated by the acts omissions of Buyer or any of its agents, employees, affiliates, contractors, consultants or other representatives. The obligations of Buyer contained in this Section 3.1(a)(ix) shall survive Closing or any termination of this Agreement.
(x) Each Buyer Inspection, and the results thereof, shall remain confidential pursuant to the terms of Section 12.3 of this Agreement. The obligations of Buyer contained in this Section 3.1(a)(x) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
-8-

ARTICLE 4
TITLE
4.1 Conditions of Title. At the Closing, as a condition to Buyer’s obligation to perform its obligations incident to the Closing hereunder, Seller shall convey fee title to Real Property to Buyer by grant deed in the form attached hereto as  Exhibit C  (the “Deed”) subject to the following exceptions:
(a) Non delinquent taxes and assessments, a lien not yet due and payable;
(b) Any exceptions disclosed by the Title Commitment delivered to Buyer pursuant to Article 2 above but only to the extent approved or deemed approved by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.2 above (or otherwise approved in writing by Buyer);
(c) Any exceptions which may be caused by the actions of Buyer or any of its agents, employees, affiliates, contractors, subcontractors or consultants;
(d) The standard printed exceptions set forth on an ALTA extended owner’s policy of title insurance except any such exception which Title Insurer has committed, in writing, to insure over prior to expiration of the Title Contingency Period; and
(e) Zoning ordinances and regulations and any other laws, ordinances, or governmental regulations restricting or regulating the use, occupancy or enjoyment of the Property.
All of the foregoing exceptions shall be referred to collectively as the “Conditions of Title.”
4.2 Evidence of Title. Delivery of title in accordance with the foregoing shall be evidenced by the willingness of the Title Insurer to issue or commit to issue, at Closing, an ALTA extended coverage owner’s policy of title insurance in the amount of the Purchase Price showing title to the Real Property vested in Buyer, subject to the Conditions of Title and otherwise in form and substance as reflected in the latest version of the Title Commitment issued, including such endorsements as the Title Insurer has committed to provide, prior to expiration of the Feasibility Period (the “Title Policy”). Buyer shall obtain, at Buyer’s sole cost and expense, a current or updated ALTA-ACSM survey of the Property sufficient to meet the requirements of the Title Insurer to issue such ALTA extended owner’s policy of title insurance.
 
-9-

ARTICLE 5
BUYER’S WORK PRODUCT
In the event this Agreement terminates for any reason (other than as a result of any breach or default by Seller), then, upon request made by Seller to Buyer in writing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller, at no charge or cost to Seller, without representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever, express or implied, as to accuracy or completeness, all third party reports, assessments and studies obtained or received by Buyer related to the Property, or any portion thereof; provided the foregoing shall not include any attorney work product obtained or received by Buyer related to the Property or any third party work product. The provisions of this Article 5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 6
AS IS SALE; RELEASE OF CLAIMS
6.1 “As Is” Purchase. BUYER SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SELLER IS SELLING AND BUYER IS PURCHASING THE PROPERTY ON AN “AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS” BASIS AS OF THE CLOSING AND THAT BUYER IS NOT RELYING ON ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS (EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT) OR IMPLIED, FROM SELLER, ITS AGENTS, OR BROKERS AS TO ANY MATTERS CONCERNING THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION: (I) THE QUALITY, NATURE, ADEQUACY AND PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AND IMPROVEMENTS ON THE LAND, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, FOUNDATION, ROOF, APPURTENANCES, ACCESS, LANDSCAPING, PARKING FACILITIES AND THE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, HVAC, PLUMBING, SEWAGE, AND UTILITY SYSTEMS, FACILITIES AND APPLIANCES, (II) THE QUALITY, NATURE, ADEQUACY, AND PHYSICAL CONDITION OF SOILS, GEOLOGY AND ANY GROUNDWATER, (III) THE EXISTENCE, QUALITY, NATURE, ADEQUACY AND PHYSICAL CONDITION OF UTILITIES SERVING THE PROPERTY, (IV) THE DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL OF THE PROPERTY, AND THE PROPERTY’S USE, HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS, SUITABILITY, VALUE OR ADEQUACY OF THE PROPERTY FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (V) THE ZONING OR OTHER LEGAL STATUS OF THE PROPERTY OR ANY OTHER PUBLIC OR PRIVATE RESTRICTIONS ON USE OF THE PROPERTY, (VI) THE COMPLIANCE OF THE PROPERTY OR ITS OPERATION WITH ANY APPLICABLE CODES, LAWS, REGULATIONS, STATUTES, ORDINANCES, COVENANTS, CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS OF ANY GOVERNMENTAL OR QUASI GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY OR OF ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, (VII) THE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ON, UNDER OR ABOUT THE PROPERTY OR THE ADJOINING OR NEIGHBORING PROPERTY, (VIII) THE QUALITY OF ANY LABOR AND MATERIALS USED IN ANY IMPROVEMENTS ON THE PROPERTY, (IX) THE CONDITION OF TITLE TO THE PROPERTY, (X) THE VACANCY OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PROPERTY, AND (XI) THE ECONOMICS OF THE OPERATION OF THE PROPERTY. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT SHALL USE ITS INDEPENDENT JUDGMENT AND MAKE ITS OWN DETERMINATION AS TO THE SCOPE AND BREADTH OF THE DUE DILIGENCE INVESTIGATION WHICH IT SHALL MAKE RELATIVE TO THE PROPERTY.
 
-10-

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, BUYER SHALL RELY UPON ITS OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE PHYSICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL, ECONOMIC AND LEGAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AND THE IMPROVEMENTS THEREON (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WHETHER THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN AN AREA WHICH IS DESIGNATED AS A SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA, DAM FAILURE INUNDATION AREA, EARTHQUAKE FAULT ZONE, SEISMIC HAZARD ZONE, HIGH FIRE SEVERITY AREA OR WILDLAND FIRE AREA, BY ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL AGENCY). BUYER UNDERTAKES AND ASSUMES THE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ALL MATTERS PERTAINING TO THE PROPERTY’S LOCATION IN ANY AREA DESIGNATED AS A SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA, DAM FAILURE INUNDATION AREA, EARTHQUAKE FAULT ZONE, SEISMIC HAZARD ZONE, HIGH FIRE SEVERITY AREA OR WILDLAND FIRE AREA, BY ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL AGENCY. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 6.1 SHALL INDEFINITELY SURVIVE THE CLOSING HEREUNDER OR TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND SHALL NOT BE MERGED INTO THE GRANT DEED.
6.2 Release.
(a) Without limiting the above, as of the Closing hereunder, Buyer waives on behalf of itself and its agents, employees, members, managers, partners, officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates, successors and assigns, any and all right to recover from Seller and from Seller’s members and manager, the affiliates of Seller and the respective members, managers, partners, trustees, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns of each of them (collectively, the “Seller Related Parties”), and forever releases and discharges Seller and the Seller Related Parties from any and all damages, claims, losses, liabilities, demands, actions, causes of action, penalties, fines, liens, judgments, costs or expenses whatsoever (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs), whether direct or indirect, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, that may arise on account of or in any way be connected with the Property, including without limitation title to the Property, the physical and environmental condition of the Property, and the closure thereof, or any law or regulation applicable thereto (including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 9601  et seq .), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. Sections 6901  et seq .), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Sections 1251  et seq .), the Toxic Substance Control Act (15 U.S.C. Sections 2601  et seq .), the California Hazardous Waste Control Law (California Health and Safety Code Sections 25100  et seq .), the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (California Water Code Sections 13000  et seq .), and the Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act (California Health and Safety Code Section 25249.5  et seq .)). The preceding to the contrary notwithstanding, the waiver and release described in this Section 6.2 shall not apply to any claims for breach of any express representation or warranty of Seller set forth in Section 6.3 of this Agreement or any fraud committed by Seller.
 
-11-

(b) In connection with subsection (a) above, Buyer expressly waives the benefits of Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which provides as follows: “A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”
In this connection and to the extent permitted by law, Buyer hereby agrees, acknowledges, represents and warrants that factual matters now unknown to it may have given or may hereafter give rise to causes of action, claims, demands, debts, controversies, damages, actions, costs, losses and expenses and other liabilities which are presently unknown, unanticipated and unsuspected, and Buyer further agrees, represents and warrants that the waivers and releases herein have been negotiated and agreed upon in light of that realization and that Buyer nevertheless hereby intends to release, discharge and acquit Seller and the Seller Related Parties from any such unknown causes of action, claims, demands, debts, controversies, damages, actions, costs, losses and expenses and other liabilities which might in any way be included as a material portion of the consideration given to Seller by Buyer in exchange for Seller’s performance hereunder.
(c) Seller has given Buyer material concessions regarding this transaction in exchange for Buyer agreeing to the provisions of this Section 6.2. Buyer hereby specifically acknowledges that Buyer has carefully reviewed this Section 6.2, and discussed its import with legal counsel, is fully aware of its consequences, and that the provisions of this Section 6.2 are a material part of the Agreement and are accepted by Buyer; provided, however that failure of Buyer to initial this Section 6.2 below shall not invalidate this Section 6.2 nor any other provision of this Agreement.
Buyer’s Initials: JBH
6.3 Seller’s Representations and Warranties. Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows, all of which shall survive the Closing for a period of six (6) months:
(a) Seller is a California limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California. Subject to the disclosures and other provisions set forth in Section 6.5 below, Seller has the full right, capacity, power and authority to enter into and carry out the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by Seller and the person(s) signing this Agreement on behalf of Seller, and upon delivery to and execution by Buyer shall be a valid and binding agreement of Seller.
(b) Seller is not bankrupt or insolvent under any applicable federal or state standard, has not filed for protection or relief under any applicable bankruptcy or creditor protection statute and has not been threatened by creditors with an involuntary application of any applicable bankruptcy or creditor protection statute.
(c) To the current actual knowledge of Seller, subject to the disclosures and other provisions set forth in Section 6.5 below, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will not conflict with or constitute a default under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any other agreement to which Seller is a party or by which Seller is bound. No consents or waivers of or by any third party are necessary to permit the consummation by Seller of the purchase and sale transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
 
-12-

(d) To the current actual knowledge of Seller, Seller is in compliance with the requirements of Executive Order No. 133224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) (the “Order”) and other similar requirements contained in the rules and regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) and in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders or regulations in respect thereof (the Order and such other rules, regulations, legislation, or orders are collectively called the “Orders”). To the extent of Seller’s actual knowledge, Seller is not: (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to the Order and/or on any other list of terrorists or terrorist organizations maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Orders (such lists are collectively referred to as the “Lists”); (2) a person or entity who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in the Orders; or (3) owned or controlled by, or acts for or on behalf of, any person or entity on the Lists or any other person or entity who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in the Orders.
(e) There are no leases, tenancies or third party occupancy agreements relating to or affecting the Property, and except for Seller and except as may be set forth in any documents recorded against the Real Property and subject to the disclosures set forth in Section 6.5 below, no party has any rights to occupy, use or possess the Property.
(f) Seller has not received any written notice of any violation of any law, ordinance, regulation, order or requirement applicable to the Property which has not been cured, and Seller is unaware of any such uncured violation.
(g) Subject to the disclosures set forth in Section 6.5 below, there is no litigation or similar proceeding pending, or to Seller’s knowledge, threatened, which relates to the Property.
For purposes of Seller’s representations and warranties above, the phrase “to the current actual knowledge of Seller,” shall mean the current actual knowledge of James Mair and Mark Regoli as of the date of execution of this Agreement by Seller, without any investigation or duty of inquiry, and without any knowledge of any other person being imputed to James Mair or Mark Regoli. James Mair is the manager of Seller and also has a direct or indirect ownership interest in the Property. Mark Regoli is an officer of the property manager that manages the Real Property and also has a direct or indirect ownership interest in the Property. Seller, James Mair and Mark Regoli shall not be charged with constructive, inquiry, imputed or deemed knowledge. In the event of any breach of any representation or warranty of Seller set forth herein, Buyer agrees that neither James Mair nor Mark Regoli shall be personally liable for any damages, losses, liabilities, claims, costs or expenses suffered or incurred by Buyer in connection with such breach of such representation or warranty.
 
-13-

The preceding notwithstanding, Seller shall promptly advise Buyer if Seller acquires any information following the Effective Date which would make any of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.3 above untrue; provided that it shall not be a breach of such representation or warranty if the new information, event or condition which renders the representation or warranty untrue was not known by Seller as of the Effective Date. If Seller or Buyer acquires any new information following the Effective Date which would (i) make any of the representations or warranties contained in Section 6.3 (a)—(d) untrue in any material respect, then, as Buyer’s sole remedy, Buyer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by delivery of written notice to Seller and, in the event of such termination, all rights and obligations under this Agreement (except those that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement) shall cease, the Deposit shall be promptly returned to Buyer and Seller shall reimburse Buyer for its out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with Buyer’s due diligence review and investigation of the Property in an amount not in excess of Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) together with interest thereon at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of demand for payment to the date of payment, if payment is not made within ten (10) days after demand therefore, which obligation shall survive termination, or (ii) make any of the representations or warranties contained in Section 6.3 (e)—(g) untrue in any material respect, then, as Buyer’s sole remedy, Buyer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by delivery of written notice to Seller and, in the event of such termination, all rights and obligations under this Agreement (except those that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement) shall cease and the Deposit shall be promptly returned to Buyer; provided, however, if the new information causing any representation or warranty to be untrue is based on or caused by an act(s) or omission(s) of Buyer or any of the agents, employees, officers, directors, affiliates, contractors, consultants or other representatives of Buyer, then Buyer shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement or to receive the return of any portion of Buyer’s Deposit as provided in this Section based on such representation or warranty that becomes untrue. If, prior to the Closing hereunder, Buyer becomes aware of any facts that make any of the representations or warranties set forth in Section 6.3 untrue, but Buyer nevertheless elects to proceed with the Closing hereunder, then Buyer shall be deemed to have waived any claim against Seller based on such untrue representation or warranty. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the Closing.
The representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Section 6.3 shall survive the Closing for a period of six (6) months, and Seller shall only be liable to Buyer hereunder for a breach of representation or warranty made by it herein with respect to which a claim is made by Buyer against such Seller before the end of such six (6) month period.
6.4 Buyer’s Representations. Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows, all of which shall survive the Closing for a period of six (6) months:
(a) Buyer is a corporation, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California. Buyer has the full right, capacity, power and authority to enter into and carry out the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by Buyer and the person(s) signing this Agreement on behalf of Buyer, and upon delivery to and execution by Seller shall be a valid and binding agreement of Buyer.
(b) Buyer is not bankrupt or insolvent under any applicable federal or state standard, has not filed for protection or relief under any applicable bankruptcy or creditor protection statute and has not been threatened by creditors with an involuntary application of any applicable bankruptcy or creditor protection statute.
 
-14-

(c) To the current actual knowledge of Buyer, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will not conflict with or constitute a default under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any other agreement to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound. No consents or waivers of or by any third party are necessary to permit the consummation by Buyer of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
(d) To the current actual knowledge of Buyer, Buyer is in compliance with the requirements of the Order referred to in Section 6.3(d) above and other similar requirements contained in the rules and regulations of the OFAC and in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders or regulations in respect thereof. To the extent of Buyer’s actual knowledge, Buyer is not: (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to the Order and/or on any other Lists (as defined in Section 6.3(d) above); (2) a person or entity who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in the Orders (as defined in Section 6.3(d) above); or (3) owned or controlled by, or acts for or on behalf of, any person or entity on the Lists or any other person or entity who has been determined by competent authority to be subject to the prohibitions contained in the Orders.
The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in this Section 6.4 shall survive the Closing for a period of six (6) months, and Buyer shall only be liable to Seller hereunder for a breach of representation or warranty made by it herein with respect to which a claim is made by Seller against such Buyer before the end of such six (6) month period.
For purposes of Buyer’s representations and warranties above, the phrase “to the current actual knowledge of Buyer,” shall mean Jim Harrington, Senior Vice-President, as of the date of execution of this Agreement by Buyer, without any investigation or duty of inquiry, and without any knowledge of any other person being imputed to Jim Harrington. Neither Buyer nor Jim Harrington shall be charged with constructive, inquiry, imputed or deemed knowledge. In the event of any breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer set forth herein, Seller agrees that Jim Harrington shall not be personally liable for any damages, losses, liabilities, claims, costs or expenses suffered or incurred by Seller in connection with such breach of such representation or warranty.
6.5 Seller Disclosures. Seller hereby discloses to Buyer, and Buyer is aware, that Seller previously entered into a purchase and sale agreement with a third party, Pacific Northern Capital, LLC (“PNC”), pursuant to which Seller agreed to sell and convey the Property to PNC. PNC notified Seller that PNC assigned its rights to acquire the Property to International Capital Enterprises LLC (“ICE”). Seller has given PNC and ICE written notice that ICE is in breach under the purchase and sale agreement for failing to timely close escrow thereunder. Seller also has notified PNC and ICE that, as a result of such breach, Seller has elected to terminate the purchase and sale agreement with ICE. Neither PNC nor ICE has acknowledged that the purchase and sale agreement to which it was a party with Seller has terminated or that ICE has any further right to purchase the Property. Seller has demanded the release to Seller of the deposit made by PNC that is currently held in escrow, however, ICE has not authorized the release of such deposit to Seller. Seller may desire to initiate legal action to require the release of such deposit to Seller.
 
-15-

If, between the date of execution of this Agreement and the Closing hereunder, PNC or ICE initiates any legal action against Seller related to the purchase and sale agreement referred to in the immediately preceding sentence and/or the Property and files a lis pendens (notice of pending action) against the Real Property, or any portion thereof, in connection with such legal action, then, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) Seller shall notify Buyer not later than two (2) business days following Seller receiving a demand letter or other written notice from PNC or ICE or otherwise obtaining actual knowledge of such third party’s initiation of any such legal action and, at all times thereafter, promptly provide Buyer with copies of any lis pendens, summons, complaint or other document related to such legal action filed in court or any other venue in which such information is publicly available, (ii) Seller shall not be obligated to take any action to remove the lis pendens, if applicable; however, Seller may elect, in its sole and absolute discretion, at no cost to Buyer, to take any steps Seller desires to remove any such lis pendens from the condition of title of the Real Property, (iii) if Seller elects to take steps to remove any such lis pendens from the condition of title of the Real Property and such lis pendens has not been removed from the condition of title of the Real Property on or before two (2) business days prior to the scheduled Closing Date (as referenced in Section 10.2 below), then Buyer shall have the right in its sole and absolute discretion to extend the scheduled Closing Date by a written notice given to Seller prior to the scheduled Closing Date for a period of up to ninety (90) days to allow Seller additional time to try to remove such lis pendens (and in the event Buyer timely exercises such right to extend the Closing Date, then the Closing Date shall be the earlier of (1) the date seven (7) calendar days following the date such lis pendens is removed from the Real Property or (2) the expiration of the aforementioned ninety (90) day period), and (iv) if Seller has not removed any such lis pendens from the Real Property and/or Title Insurer is unwilling to commit to issue the Title Policy without any exception or exclusion from coverage on account of any claim by such third party on or before the scheduled Closing Date, as the same may be extended pursuant to the terms of clause (iii) immediately above, then (x) Seller shall not be in breach or default hereunder for failing to remove any such lis pendens and/or on account of Title Insurer’s action, and (y) provided Buyer is not in breach or default under this Agreement, Buyer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by written notice given by Buyer to Seller whereupon the Deposit shall be promptly returned to Buyer, and, in the event of such termination, all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder (other than those that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement and the rights and remedies arising out of any breach of such surviving obligations) shall cease.
ARTICLE 7
RISK OF LOSS AND INSURANCE PROCEEDS
7.1 Minor Loss. Buyer shall be bound to purchase the Property for the full Purchase Price as required by the terms hereof, without regard to the occurrence or effect of any damage to the Property or destruction of any improvements thereon or condemnation of any portion of the Property, provided that: (a) the cost to repair any such damage or destruction, or the diminution in the value of the remaining Property as a result of a partial condemnation, does not exceed Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000.00) and (b) such damage or destruction is fully insured. In such instance, upon the Closing, there shall be a credit against the Purchase Price due hereunder equal to the amount of (x) any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards collected by and paid to Seller as a result of any such damage or destruction or condemnation and (y) the amount of the deductible applicable to such damage or destruction under any such insurance policies, less (z) any sums expended by Seller toward the restoration or repair of the Property. If the proceeds or awards have not been collected as of the Closing, or the restoration or repairs have not been completed by Seller as of the Closing, then such proceeds or awards shall be assigned to Buyer at Closing, except to the extent needed to reimburse Seller for sums expended to repair or restore the Property.
 
-16-

7.2 Major Loss. If the cost to repair any damage or destruction of the Property or diminution in value of the Property following a condemnation as specified above exceeds Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000.00), or if the damage, destruction or diminution is not insured or adequately insured (regardless of the cost to repair), then (in either instance) Buyer may, at its option to be exercised within ten (10) days of Buyer’s receipt of Seller’s written notice of the occurrence of the damage or destruction or the commencement of condemnation proceedings, either (a) terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to Seller within such ten (10) day period or (b) consummate the purchase for the full Purchase Price as required by the terms hereof. If Buyer so terminates this Agreement, then the Deposit shall be promptly returned to Buyer and neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder except such obligations as expressly survive the termination of this Agreement. If Buyer elects to proceed with the purchase or fails to give Seller written notice within the above referenced ten (10) day period of Buyer’s termination of this Agreement, then upon the Closing, there shall be a credit against the Purchase Price due hereunder equal to the amount of (x) any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards (in an amount not to exceed the Purchase Price) collected by Seller as a result of any such damage or destruction or condemnation under any policy of insurance carried by Seller with respect to such loss and (y) the amount of the deductible applicable to such damage or destruction under any such insurance policy/ies, less (z) any sums expended by Seller toward the restoration or repair of the Property. If the proceeds or awards have not been collected as of the Closing, then such proceeds or awards (in an amount not to exceed the Purchase Price) shall be assigned to Buyer, except to the extent needed to reimburse Seller for sums expended to repair or restore the Property.
ARTICLE 8
BROKERS AND EXPENSES
Seller and Buyer each represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any real estate broker, agent or salesperson in connection with this transaction to whom a commission may be owed other than Cushman & Wakefield, representing Seller, and Kidder Mathews, representing Buyer. Cushman & Wakefield and Kidder Mathews are collectively referred to in this Article 8 as “Brokers”. In the event the Closing occurs hereunder, Seller covenants and agrees to pay Brokers a commission at Closing pursuant to a separate agreement between Seller and Brokers. Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller on account of any claims, demands, causes of action, or judgments respecting payment of any sales commission, brokerage commission or finder’s fee, including attorneys’ fees and court costs, arising from or brought by any third party (other than Brokers) who has dealt or claims to have dealt with Buyer pertaining to the Property; and Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Buyer on account of any claims, demands, causes of action, or judgments respecting payment of any sales commission, brokerage commission or finder’s fee, including attorneys’ fees and court costs, arising from or brought by any third party (including Brokers) who has dealt or claims to have dealt with Seller pertaining to the Property. The obligations under this Article 8 shall survive the Closing or, if the purchase and sale is not consummated, any termination of this Agreement.
 
-17-

ARTICLE 9
AGREEMENTS AFFECTING THE PROPERTY
9.1 Agreements and Contracts. Following the Effective Date and until the Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement, Seller shall not enter into any lease, contract or other agreement affecting the Property, or modify, terminate (except as provided in this Section 9.1 below), extend or renew any contract or any other agreement affecting the Property, without first obtaining Buyer’s approval, which approval may be withheld in Buyer’s sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, the preceding to the contrary notwithstanding, Seller, at its sole cost and expense, (x) may enter into any new contract(s) or agreement(s) (excluding leases and financing documents) affecting the Property, or applicable portion thereof, so long as the same are terminated or expire prior to the Closing hereunder, and/or (y) may enter into any new contract(s) or agreement(s) (excluding leases and financing documents) affecting the Property to prevent imminent damage or injury from occurring with respect to or on the Property, or any portion thereof. If Seller, after obtaining Buyer’s prior written consent, enters into any new lease, contract or agreement, or agrees to modify, extend, renew or terminate any lease or other contract or agreement affecting the Property, then Seller will promptly notify Buyer of such action taken by Seller. Any contract, agreement or lease, or modification, termination, extension or renewal of any contract, agreement or lease, submitted to Buyer for Buyer’s approval shall be deemed approved by Buyer if not disapproved in writing within three (3) business days following Buyer’s receipt of such submittal. The preceding to the contrary notwithstanding, without Buyer’s prior written approval and without having to provide prior notice to Buyer but subject to the provisions of Section 6.5 above, Seller also shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter into any agreement with ICE and/or PNC referred to in Section 6.5 above the effect of which is to remove any lis pendens that ICE and/or PNC may file against the Real Property, provided such agreement does not prevent or impair Seller’s ability to consummate the sale of the Property to Buyer on the terms and as otherwise provided for in this Agreement.
9.2 Termination of Existing Contracts. Effective as of the Closing hereunder, Seller shall terminate the following contracts or agreements currently in effect, if any, related to the Property: landscape maintenance contract, HVAC maintenance contract, pest and rodent control contracts, janitorial service contract, fire monitoring and fire protection contracts, exterior lighting maintenance contract, security contract and the property management agreement; provided, however, if any such fire monitoring contract and/or fire protection contract cannot by its terms be terminated on thirty (30) days prior written notice and the other party to such fire monitoring contract and/or fire protection contract will not agree to the termination of such contract(s) as of the Closing, then such fire monitoring contract and/or fire protection contract, as applicable, shall not be terminated by Seller and, as of the Closing hereunder, Buyer shall be deemed to have assumed all of Seller’s obligations thereunder accruing from and after the Closing. The provisions of this Section 9.2 shall survive the Closing hereunder.
9.3 General Operation of Property. Except as specifically set forth in this Article 9, Seller shall operate the Property after the Effective Date in the ordinary course of Seller’s business, and except as necessary in Seller’s sole discretion to address (a) any life or safety issue at the Property, (b) any requirements of or obligations under any documents recorded against the Property, or (c) any other matter which in Seller’s reasonable discretion materially adversely affects the use, operation or value of the Property, Seller will not make any material alterations to the Property or remove any material fixtures without the prior written consent of Buyer which consent may be withheld in Buyer’s sole and absolute judgment. Under no circumstances shall Seller be required or obligated under this Agreement to undertake, or cause to be undertaken, any capital improvements or capital repairs with respect to the Property or any portion thereof.
 
-18-

ARTICLE 10
CLOSING AND ESCROW
10.1 Escrow Instructions. Seller and Buyer agree to execute such reasonable escrow instructions as may be appropriate to enable the Title Company to comply with the terms of this Agreement and to consummate the sale of the Property to Buyer pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
10.2 Closing. The Closing hereunder shall be held and delivery of all items to be made at the Closing under the terms of this Agreement shall be made at the offices of the Title Company on or before the date which is seven (7) calendar days following the expiration of the Feasibility Period (the “Closing Date”); provided, however, Buyer shall have the right to extend the Closing Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.5 above. Time is of the essence as to the Closing. Except for such extension of the Closing Date as provided in Section 6.5 above, the Closing Date may be extended only with the prior written approval of both Seller and Buyer (which approval may be given or withheld in the party’s sole discretion).
10.3 Deposit of Documents.
(a) At least one (1) business day prior to the Closing, Seller shall deposit into the Escrow the following items:
(i) the duly executed and acknowledged Deed conveying the Property to Buyer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. The Deed shall be recorded in the Official Records of Santa Clara County at the Closing, together with a separate statement regarding documentary transfer tax in the form attached hereto as  Exhibit C -1, containing the information requested therein (the “Transfer Tax Statement”), which Transfer Tax Statement shall not be recorded as a public record in the Official Records of Santa Clara County, but shall be filed with the County Recorder of Santa Clara County, California when the Deed is recorded in the Official Records;
(ii) two (2) duly executed counterparts of an Assignment of Warranties, Guaranties and Intangible Property in the form attached hereto as  Exhibit D  (the “Assignment of Warranties”);
 
-19-

(iii) a duly executed Affidavit in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (“FIRPTA Affidavit”) in compliance with Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, certifying that Seller is not a “foreign person” or otherwise subject to federal tax withholding in connection with this transaction;
(iv) a duly executed Withholding Exemption Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (“593-C”) in compliance with California law, certifying that Buyer is not required to withhold payment of any portion of the Purchase Price under California law in connection with this transaction; and
(v) a duly executed Bill of Sale in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (“Bill of Sale”).
(b) At least one (1) business day prior to the Closing, Buyer shall deposit into the Escrow the following items:
(i) funds necessary to close this transaction, including, without limitation, the balance of the Purchase Price and Buyer’s share of closing costs and prorations; and
(ii) two (2) duly executed counterparts of the Assignment of Warranties.
(c) Buyer and Seller shall each deposit such other instruments as are reasonably required by the Title Company or otherwise required to close the Escrow and consummate the purchase and sale of the Property in accordance with the terms hereof.
(d) On the Closing Date (or such other date as Buyer and Seller may otherwise agree in their sole and absolute discretion to consummate the Closing hereunder), provided Title Company is in receipt of the documents, instruments and funds referred to in Section 10.3(a) and Section 10.3(b) above, Title Company shall consummate the Closing by recording the Deed and disbursing the Purchase Price less Seller’s share of closing costs and prorations to Seller. Promptly following the Closing, Title Company shall deliver to Seller and Buyer a fully executed original of the Assignment of Warranties and Title Company shall deliver to Buyer the original of the Bill of Sale and a copy of the FIRPTA Affidavit and 593-C executed by Seller.
(e) At the Closing, Seller shall deliver possession of the Real Property to Buyer, subject to the Conditions of Title. In addition, at the Closing, or promptly thereafter, Seller shall deliver to Buyer the keys to the buildings located on the Land in Seller’s possession or control.
10.4 Prorations and Closing Costs.
(a) Subject to this Section 10.4 below, all real and personal property taxes and assessments, including, without limitation, supplemental taxes, if any; water, sewer and utility charges (calculated on the basis of the period covered); and any other expenses normal to the operation and maintenance of the Property, shall all be prorated as of the Closing, on the basis of a 360 day year. If, prior to the Closing, Seller has commenced any contest or filed any objection with any applicable taxing authority as to real property taxes and assessments attributable to the Real Property for the period prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall have the right to continue such proceeding following the Closing and any refunds attributable to any period prior to the Closing Date shall be paid to and retained by Seller, and Buyer shall have no interest therein. To the extent that Buyer is required by law to participate in any such tax contest, Buyer agrees to reasonably cooperate with Seller in such proceeding.
 
-20-

Any expense to be prorated as provided above which cannot be ascertained with certainty as of the Closing Date shall be prorated on the basis of the parties’ reasonable estimates of such amounts and shall be the subject of a final proration as soon thereafter as the precise amounts can be ascertained, but in no event later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the Closing. A statement setting forth such agreed proration shall be delivered to the Title Company, provided the Title Company shall not be required to calculate any such prorations. Seller and Buyer shall each cooperate with the other diligently and promptly to correct any errors in computations or estimates under this Section 10.4(a) and shall promptly pay to the party entitled thereto any refund, credit or other payment necessary to comply with this Section 10.4(a). This Section 10.4(a) shall survive the Closing. Either party owing the other party a sum of money based on adjustments made to prorations after the Closing shall promptly pay that sum to the other party, together with interest thereon at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of demand for payment to the date of payment, if payment is not made within ten (10) days after demand therefor.
(b) Seller shall pay all County transfer taxes associated with the conveyance of the Real Property from Seller to Buyer. Seller and Buyer shall split equally all City conveyance taxes to be paid in connection with the conveyance of the Real Property from Seller to Buyer. Seller shall pay the portion of the premium for Buyer’s Title Policy allocable to an ALTA standard owner’s policy of title insurance. Buyer shall pay the cost of Buyer’s endorsements, if any, and the excess cost of the ALTA extended coverage owner’s policy of title insurance. Buyer and Seller shall split equally all escrow fees incurred in connection with the consummation of the sale of the Property by Seller to Buyer. All other customary closing costs incurred shall be allocated to Buyer and Seller in accordance with the custom in Santa Clara County. Except as provided in Section 12.5 and Section 12.6 below, each party shall pay its own attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transaction described herein.
ARTICLE 11
BUYER’S AND SELLER’S DEFAULT
11.1 Buyer’s Default.
(a) Default. Buyer shall be deemed to be in default under this Agreement if Buyer fails, for a reason other than Seller’s default hereunder or the failure of a condition precedent to Buyer’s obligation to perform hereunder, to meet, comply with or perform any covenant, agreement or obligation on Buyer’s part required within the time limits and in the manner required in this Agreement, or there shall have occurred a material breach of any representation or warranty made by Buyer; provided, however, no such default shall be deemed to have occurred unless and until Seller has given Buyer written notice thereof, describing the nature of the default, and Buyer has failed to cure such default within five (5) days of the receipt of such notice (but in any event on or before the Closing Date, unless such default occurs after Closing).
 
-21-

(b) Liquidated Damages. If Buyer shall be deemed in default under this Agreement at or before the Closing, which default is not timely cured, and Seller does not waive such default, Seller may, as its sole and exclusive remedy: (i) terminate this Agreement by written notice delivered to Buyer on or before the last to occur of the Closing Date, and (ii) in the event of such termination, Seller shall be entitled to receive and retain the Deposit made by Buyer hereunder as liquidated damages pursuant to Section 1.2(c) of this Agreement, whereupon the Parties shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement (other than those that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement and the rights and remedies arising out of any breach of such surviving obligations). For avoidance of doubt, nothing stated in this Section 11.1(b) or elsewhere in this Agreement limit Buyer’s liability with respect to, or limit or preclude recourse by Seller against Buyer with respect to, any breach or default by Buyer of any of Buyer’s indemnification, defense and/or hold harmless obligations or restoration obligations under this Agreement or limit the amount of attorneys’ fees that Seller may pursue or collect from Buyer in the event Seller incurs attorneys’ fees in attempting to collect or retain the liquidated damages referred to above or in enforcing any of Seller’s rights or remedies against Buyer following any breach or default by Buyer of any of Buyer’s indemnification, defense and/or hold harmless or restoration obligations under this Agreement, including recovery of Seller’s attorneys fees and costs incurred in connection with any such enforcement action.
(c) Remedies After Termination or Closing. If this Agreement has been terminated or the Closing has occurred, then subject to the provisions of Section 11.1(b) above, Seller shall not be entitled to bring a claim against Buyer (except to enforce its rights under Section 11.1(b) above) unless Seller establishes that Buyer shall have materially breached a representation or warranty contained in Section 6.4 or that Buyer is in default in respect of a material obligation of Buyer which this Agreement expressly provides will survive termination or the Closing, as applicable, in which event, if such default is not timely cured, Seller may, as its sole and exclusive remedy, institute and prosecute an action to collect its actual monetary damages, if any; provided, however, in no event shall Seller be entitled to seek or recover from Buyer damages in an amount in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars (the “Liability Cap”). The preceding to the contrary notwithstanding, the Liability Cap referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to (i) any claim of fraud asserted by Seller against Buyer or (ii) any breach or default by Buyer of any of its indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligations or restoration obligation set forth in this Agreement.
(d) Exclusive Remedies. The rights and remedies set forth in this Section 11.1 shall constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive remedies under this Agreement in the event of Buyer’s default hereunder. Under no circumstances, other than as expressly provided in this Section 11.1(d) below, shall Buyer be liable to Seller for any punitive, special or consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost profits, loss of business or lost income. The prohibition on recovery of consequential damages set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not be applicable to any breach or default by Buyer of any of its indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligations or restoration obligation set forth in this Agreement.
 
-22-

11.2 Seller’s Default.
(a) Default. Seller shall be deemed to be in default under this Agreement if Seller fails, for a reason other than Buyer’s default hereunder or the failure of a condition precedent to Seller’s obligation to perform hereunder, to meet, comply with, or perform any covenant, agreement or obligation on its part required within the time limits and in the manner required in the Agreement, or there shall have occurred a material breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller, provided, however, no such default shall be deemed to have occurred unless and until Buyer has given Seller written notice thereof, describing the nature of the default, and Seller has failed to cure such default within five (5) days of receipt of such notice (but in any event before the Closing Date, unless such default occurs on the Closing Date or after Closing).
(b) Remedies Before Closing. If Seller shall be deemed in default under Section 11.2(a) at or before Closing, and Buyer does not waive such default, Buyer may pursue one of the following remedies, each of which shall be Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy:
(i) Institute and prosecute an action to compel specific performance of this Agreement against Seller, in which case Buyer shall have no claim for damages or any other remedy against Seller except Buyer may institute and prosecute an action to collect Buyer’s actual monetary damages for delayed performance by Seller, if any, including its attorneys fees and costs incurred in connection with such action; provided, however, if Buyer fails to file suit for specific performance against Seller in a court having jurisdiction in Santa Clara County on or before the date thirty (30) days following the date upon which the Closing hereunder was to have occurred, then Buyer shall be deemed to have elected to terminate this Agreement and receive the return of its Deposit as provided in Section 11.2(b)(ii) below; or
(ii) Terminate this Agreement by written notice delivered to Seller on or before the Closing Date and, in the event of such termination, Buyer shall be entitled, as Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy, to the prompt return of the Deposit made by Buyer hereunder and, if this Agreement is terminated by Buyer due to a material breach of any of Seller’s representations or warranties set forth in Section 6.3(a) through 6.3(d) above, then Seller also shall reimburse Buyer for Buyer’s out of pocket costs incurred in connection with Buyer’s due diligence review and investigation of the Property in an amount not in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) together with interest thereon at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of Seller’s receipt of written demand for payment (and reasonable back up documentation evidencing Buyer’s out of pocket costs) from Buyer to the date of payment if payment is not made within ten (10) days after Seller’s receipt of such demand therefore, which obligation shall survive termination.
(iii) Except as provided in Section 11.2(b)(i) and Section 11.2(b)(ii), Buyer shall not be entitled to seek to recover from Seller any monetary damages or reimbursement of Buyer’s out of pocket expenses based on any breach or default by Seller at or before Closing and in no event shall Buyer be entitled to seek or recover from Seller damages in an amount in excess of the Liability Cap. Under no circumstances shall Seller be liable to Buyer for any consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost profits, loss of business or lost income.
 
-23-

(c) Remedies After Closing.
(i) If the Closing has occurred, Buyer shall not be entitled to bring a claim against Seller unless Buyer establishes that Seller shall have materially breached a representation or warranty contained in Section 6.3 or a material obligation contained in this Agreement that has not terminated or expired; however, in no event shall Buyer be entitled to consequential or exemplary damages and in no event shall Buyer be entitled to seek or recover from Seller damages in an amount in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars (the “Liability Cap”). The preceding to the contrary notwithstanding, the Liability Cap shall not apply to any claim of fraud asserted by Buyer against Seller. All other claims of Buyer against Seller shall be deemed waived to the extent provided in Section 6.2 above.
(ii) Buyer shall not be entitled to bring any claim against Seller for misrepresentation or breach of warranty if and to the extent Buyer had actual knowledge before Closing of the existence of such misrepresentation or breach of warranty and nevertheless elected to proceed to Closing.
(d) Termination Procedure. Upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with this Section 11.2, the Deposit made by Buyer hereunder shall be promptly returned to Buyer. Seller shall be responsible for all cancellation charges and escrow charges required to be paid to the Title Company.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
12.1 Notices. Any notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered by U.S. Mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by overnight delivery service showing receipt of delivery, or by personal delivery, or by facsimile transmission (provided a copy of such notice is sent not later than the next day by one of the other means provided above). Notices and/or demands shall be addressed as follows:

 	 	
To Buyer:	 	Synaptics Incorporated
3120 Scott Blvd.
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Attn: Jim Harrington, Senior Vice-President
Fax No.: (408) 454-5200	
 	 	
with a copy to:	 	Synaptics Incorporated
3120 Scott
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Attn: Greg DeWolfe, General Counsel
Fax No.: (408) 454-5200	
 	 	
and a copy to:	 	Greenberg Traurig, LLP	
 	 	2375 East Camelback Road
Suite 700
Phoenix, AZ 85018
Attn: Rebecca Burnham
Fax No.: (602) 445-8664	
 
-24-

 	 	 	
 	 	
To Seller:	  	McKay Henry, LLC
c/o South Bay Development Company
1690 Dell Avenue
Campbell, California 95008
Attn: Mark J. Regoli
Fax No.: (408) 379-3229	
 	 	
with a copy to:	  	Berliner Cohen
Ten Almaden Boulevard
11th Floor
San Jose, California 95113
Attn: Samuel L. Farb, Esq.
Fax No.: (408) 998-5388	
 	 	
To Escrow Agent:	  	First American Title Insurance Company
1737 North First Street
Suite 500
San Jose, CA 95112
Attn: Liz Zankich, Escrow Officer
Fax No.: (408) 451-7928	
or to such other address as either party or Escrow Agent may from time to time specify in writing to the other party and (as applicable) Escrow Agent. Notices as aforesaid shall be effective upon the earlier of actual receipt, or twenty-four hours after deposit with the messenger or delivery service, or the next business day after delivery to an overnight delivery service, or within three (3) days after the deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested. Facsimile notices shall be deemed received on the day sent if delivered prior to 5:00 p.m. or if sent after 5:00 p.m., then deemed received on the next day, provided the transmitting telecopier or facsimile machine has confirmed that the notice has been completed or sent without error.
12.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits hereto, contains all representations, warranties and covenants made by Buyer and Seller and constitutes the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any prior correspondence, letter of intent, memoranda or agreements are replaced in total by this Agreement together with the Exhibits hereto.
 
-25-

12.3 Confidentiality. Buyer shall not make any public announcement or disclosure of any information related to or contained in this Agreement to outside brokers (other than the Brokers referred to in Article 8 above) or third parties before the Closing, without the specific prior written consent of Seller, except for disclosures necessary to satisfy any regulatory reporting requirements imposed on Buyer (as hereinafter provided) or such disclosures to Buyer’s partners, members, officers, directors, employees, agents (including the respective parties’ real estate broker), consultants, attorneys, accountants, prospective lenders and/or exchange facilitator as may be necessary to permit Buyer to perform its obligations hereunder and as required to comply with applicable laws; provided, however, nothing stated herein shall be construed to allow Buyer to release the terms of this Agreement to any broker or other party, except as provided for in this Section 12.3. Nothing stated herein shall preclude Seller or Buyer from disclosing that Buyer and Seller have entered into a written agreement for the purchase and sale of the Property, but the contents of such agreement shall be governed by the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, Seller acknowledges and agrees that, as required pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, on or before 5:30 p.m., New York City Time, on the fourth business day following the date of this Agreement, Buyer shall file a Current Report on Form 8-K describing the terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, at Buyer’s option attaching the material transaction documents (including, without limitation, this Agreement) as exhibits to such filing (including all exhibits, the “8-K Filing”); provided, however that if Buyer does not attach the material transaction documents to the 8-K Filing, it will file such documents with its next Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K as required by the rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Buyer hereby discloses to Seller that from and after the filing of the 8-K Filing with the SEC, Seller shall not be in possession of any material, nonpublic information received from Buyer, any of its subsidiaries, or any of its respective officers, directors, employees, or agents, that is not disclosed in the 8-K Filing or covered by a non-disclosure agreement. Subject to the foregoing, neither Buyer nor Seller shall issue any press releases or any other public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, that Buyer shall be entitled, without the prior approval of Seller, to make any press release or other public disclosure with respect to such transactions (i) in substantial conformity with the 8-K Filing and contemporaneously therewith and (ii) as is required by applicable law and regulations; except that Buyer agrees not to make any such press release or other public statement concerning the terms of this Agreement until after the Closing unless required by applicable law or regulation. Seller’s and Buyer’s obligations under this Section 12.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement (other than by the Closing).
12.4 Time. Time is of the essence in the performance of each of the parties’ respective obligations contained herein.
12.5 Attorneys’ Fees. If either party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement, then the defaulting party or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such default and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements.
 
-26-

12.6 Exchange. Either party may consummate the purchase or sale of the Property as part of a so-called like kind exchange (the “Exchange”) pursuant to Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, provided that (i) Closing shall not be delayed or affected by reason of the Exchange, nor shall the consummation or accomplishment of the Exchange be a condition precedent or condition subsequent to either party’s obligations under this Agreement; (ii) the party electing to consummate this transaction as part of an Exchange (the “Electing Party”) shall effect the Exchange through an assignment of this Agreement, or its rights under this Agreement, to a qualified intermediary; (iii) the other party (the “Accommodator”) shall not be required to take an assignment of the purchase agreement for the relinquished property or be required to acquire or hold title to any real property for purposes of consummating the Exchange; and (iv) the Electing Party shall pay any additional costs that would not otherwise have been incurred by the Accommodator had the Electing Party not consummated this transaction through the Exchange. The Accommodator shall not by this Agreement or acquiescence to the Exchange proposed by the Electing Party have its rights under this Agreement affected or diminished in any manner or be responsible for compliance with or be deemed to have warranted to the Electing Party that the Exchange in fact complies with Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Electing Party hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Accommodator from any claim, damage, liability, demand, cause of action, loss, cost, or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees) the Accommodator may suffer or incur as a result of the Accommodator’s participation in the aforesaid Exchange or Exchanges. The covenants, obligations and indemnity contained in this Section 12.6 shall survive the Closing hereunder and delivery of the Deed.
12.7 Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Buyer shall not assign this Agreement without the prior consent of Seller, which Seller may withhold in Seller’s sole discretion; provided however, that Buyer may assign its rights under this Agreement, following written notice to Seller, to any entity that is controlling, controlled by or in common control with Buyer. Buyer shall not be released or relieved of any of its obligations under this Agreement in the event of any assignment by Buyer of this Agreement or any of Buyer’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement. Any permitted assignee of Buyer’s rights under this Agreement shall be obligated to expressly assume in writing, as a condition to the effectiveness of such assignment, all of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement and agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 above) as such permitted assignee were the original Buyer signing this Agreement. In the event of any permitted assignment by Buyer hereunder, Buyer shall notify Seller in writing of the name and signature block of such permitted assignee at least five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date.
12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
12.9 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.
 
-27-

12.10 Interpretation of Agreement. The article, section and other headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning of any provision contained herein. Where the context so requires, the use of the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the use of the masculine shall include the feminine and the neuter. The term “person” shall include any individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation, trust, unincorporated association, limited liability company any other entity and any government or any department or agency thereof, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the doctrine or rule of construction that ambiguities in a contract or written agreement are to be construed against the party that drafted such contract or agreement shall not be employed in connection with this Agreement, and that this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with its fair meaning.
12.11 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by Buyer and Seller.
12.12 No Recording. Neither this Agreement nor any memorandum or short form thereof may be recorded by Buyer.
12.13 Computation of Time. Any and all references in this Agreement to time periods which are specified by reference to a certain number of days refer to calendar days, unless “business days” is otherwise expressly provided. Therefore, if (a) the last date by which Closing is permitted to occur hereunder, or (b) any date by which either party hereto is required to provide the other party with notice hereunder, occurs on a Saturday or a Sunday or a banking holiday in California, then and in any of such events, such applicable date shall be deemed to occur, for all purposes of this Agreement, on that calendar day which is the next succeeding day, which is not a Saturday, Sunday or banking holiday.
12.14 Limited Liability. Subject to the limits of Section 11.2(c)(i), the obligations of Seller are intended to be binding only on the Seller’s interest in the Property (in the event this Agreement is terminated) or Seller’s net proceeds from the sale of the Property (if the Closing occurs) and the obligations of Seller shall not be personally binding upon, nor shall any resort be had to, the private properties of any of Seller’s members or manager or any of their respective agents, employees, members, managers, partners, trustees, officers, directors or shareholders.
12.15 No Third Party Rights; Brokers Not Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement. Seller and Buyer agree that it is their specific intent that no broker is a party to or a third party beneficiary of this Agreement or the Escrow established pursuant to this Agreement; and further that consent of a broker is not necessary to any agreement, amendment or document with respect to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
12.16 Not an Offer. This Agreement shall not constitute an offer and this Agreement shall not be binding upon or enforceable against Seller or Buyer unless and until this Agreement is fully executed and delivered by Seller and Buyer.
 
-28-

12.17 Facsimile or Email Signatures. Signatures to this Agreement transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission shall be valid and effective to bind the party so signing. Each party agrees to promptly deliver an execution original to this Agreement with its actual signature to the other party, but a failure to do so shall not affect the enforceability of this Agreement, it being expressly agreed that each party to this Agreement shall be bound by its own telecopied or electronically transmitted signature and shall accept the telecopied or electronically transmitted signature of the other party to this Agreement.
[The next page contains signatures; remainder of page intentionally left blank.]
 
-29-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

SELLER:	
 	
McKAY HENRY, LLC, a California limited liability company	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Mark Regoli	
Name:	 	Mark Regoli	
Title:	 	Authorized Representative	
 	
BUYER:	
 	
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Jim Harrington	
Name:	 	Jim Harrington	
Title:	 	Senior Vice-President	
 
-30-

JOINDER BY TITLE COMPANY
The undersigned, First American Title Company, has executed this Agreement in order to confirm that it has received and shall hold the Deposit required to be deposited under this Agreement and the interest earned thereto, in escrow, and shall hold and disburse the Deposit, and the interest earned thereon, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. By executing this Agreement below, the undersigned also agrees to comply with the provisions of Article 10 of the Agreement to the extent applicable to the Title Company

FIRST AMERICAN TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	
Date executed by Title Company
            , 2012
 
-31-

EXHIBIT A
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF REAL PROPERTY
All that certain real property situated in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California, described as follows:
PARCEL ONE:
PARCEL B AS SHOWN ON LOT LINE ADJUSTMENT PERMIT NO. AT08-040 AS EVIDENCE BY DOCUMENT RECORDED OCT 24, 2008 AS DOCUMENT NO. 20027580 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
BEING ALL OF PARCEL 2 AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD ON JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS.
TOGETHER WITH THE FOLLOWING PARCEL:
THAT PORTION OF PARCEL 1 AS SHOWN ON THAT PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD ON JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
BEGINNING AT THE MOST EASTERLY CORNER OF SAID PARCEL 1;
THENCE ALONG THE GENERAL NORTHEAST LINE OF SAID PARCEL 1, THE FOLLOWING TWO COURSES:
1. NORTH 38° 25’ 33” WEST, 198.05 FEET;
2. SOUTH 51° 34’ 27” WEST, 13.50 FEET TO AN ANGLE POINT IN SAID GENERAL NORTHEAST LINE AND THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;
THENCE ALONG THE SAID GENERAL NORTHEAST LINE, NORTH 38° 25’ 33” WEST, 129.46 FEET TO THE MOST NORTHERLY CORNER OF SAID PARCEL 1;
THENCE ALONG THE NORTHWEST LINE OF SAID PARCEL 1, SOUTH 51° 34’ 27” WEST, 13.42 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID NORTHWEST LINE, SOUTH 38° 25’ 33” EAST, 30.65 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 51° 34’ 27” WEST, 13.33 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 38° 25’ 33” EAST, 98.81 FEET;
THENCE NORTH 51° 34’ 27” EAST, 26.75 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING.
PARCEL TWO:
PARCEL 3, AS SHOWN ON PARCEL MAP FILED JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, AT PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS.
PARCEL THREE:
AN EASEMENT FOR THE PURPOSES OF SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND STORM WATER DRAINAGE, SAID EASEMENT BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

A PORTION OF PARCEL 2 AS SAID-PARCEL 2 IS SHOWN ON PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD ON JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS AT PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOW:
BEGINNING AT A POINT ON A COMMON BOUNDARY OF SAID PARCEL 2 AND PARCEL 3, SAID POINT LYING S. 38° 25’ 33” E., 63.00 FEET FROM THE NORTHWESTERLY COMMON CORNER OF SAID PARCEL 2 AND PARCEL 3 AS SAID PARCEL 3, COMMON BOUNDARY AND CORNER ARE SHOWN ON SAID MAP.
THENCE, FROM SAID POINT OF BEGINNING, ALONG SAID COMMON BOUNDARY, S. 38° 25’ 33” E. 95.50 FEET.
THENCE, CONTINUING ALONG A COMMON BOUNDARY OF SAID PARCELS 2 AND 3, S. 43° 31’ 46” E., 119.85 FEET TO A LINE DRAWN PARALLEL TO AND DISTANT 10.00 FEET FROM THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF MCKAY DRIVE AS SAID DRIVE IS SHOWN ON SAID MAP.
THENCE, ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE, S. 46° 28’ 14” W., 10.38 FEET.
THENCE, N. 34° 45’ 21” W., 68.02 FEET.
THENCE N. 45° 04’ 40” W., 83.94 FEET.
THENCE, N. 32° 41’ 44” W., 65.05 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.
PARCEL FOUR:
PARCEL 4, AS SHOWN ON PARCEL MAP FILED JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, AT PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS.
APN: 244-19-023 (Affects Parcel Four), 244-19-032 (Affects Parcel Two) and 244-19-047 (Affects Parcel One)

EXHIBIT B
LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED OR MADE AVAILABLE TO BUYER
1109, 1151 and 1251 McKay Drive
San Jose, California
 
•	 	ALTA	
 
 	•	 	ALTA/ACSM Land Title Survey prepared by Slooten Consulting, Inc. dated 09/24/2010	
 
 	•	 	Alta Draft 1 by Kier & Wright dated February 2011	
 
 	•	 	Alta Draft 2 by Kier & Wright dated February 2011	
 
•	 	Building Equipment	
 
 	•	 	List of Mechanical Equipment	
 
•	 	CAD Plans – Miscellaneous	
 
•	 	Building Floor Plans – PDF	
 
•	 	Hazardous Materials Business Plan	
 
•	 	Maintenance / Inspection Reports	
 
 	•	 	Annual Inspection Report for Chiller 3 at 1109 McKay prepared by York International Corporation dated 08/30/2010	
 
 	•	 	Annual Inspection Report for Chiller 4 at 1109 McKay prepared by York International Corporation dated 08/20/2010	
 
 	•	 	Repairs proposal tracking reports (2009/2010)	
 
 	•	 	Mechanical Equipment Pricing Maintenance Report	
 
 	•	 	Mechanical Equipment List	
 
•	 	Electrical	
 
 	•	 	Electrical Survey for 1109 McKay Drive by Howell Electric dated 2/25/11	
 
 	•	 	Electrical Survey for 1151 McKay Drive by Howell Electric dated 2/25/11	
 
 	•	 	Electrical Survey for 1251 McKay Drive by Howell Electric dated 2/25/11	
 
•	 	Operating Expenses for 2010	
 
•	 	Operating Expenses for 2011	
 
•	 	Operating Expense budget for 2012	
 
•	 	Environmental	
 
 	•	 	Phase I Environmental Site Assessment prepared by C.H.A.S.E. dated 09/30/2010	
 
 	•	 	Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Prepared by Geologica Dated 3/2/11 – TBD	
 
•	 	Property Condition Assessment prepared by Marx | Okubo Associates, Inc. dated 10/19/2010	
 
•	 	Preliminary Title Report and underlying documents prepared by First American Title Insurance Company dated 01/2012	

•	 	Cal-DAG Accessibility Summary for 1101, 1151 & 1251 by ARC TEC Dated 3-1-11	
 
•	 	Property Tax Bills (2007/2008 – 2009/2010 – 2011/2012)	
 
•	 	Parking Lot Summary Report by Black Diamond Paving Dated 2/11	
 
•	 	Roofing	
 
 	•	 	Roof Condition Report for the Lower Roof at 1109 McKay by Weathershield Dated 2.24.2011 and update dated 11.2011	
 
 	•	 	Roof Condition Report for the Upper Roof at 1109 McKay by Weathershield Dated 2.24.2011 and update dated 11.2011	
 
 	•	 	Roof Condition Report for 1251 McKay by Weathershield Dated 2.24.2011 and update dated 11.2011	
 
 	•	 	Roof Condition Report for 1151 McKay by Weathershield Dated 2.24.2011 and update dated 11.2011	
 
•	 	Service Contracts	
 
 	•	 	Chubb Fire Monitoring Contract dated 10.1.2011, one year term paid in advance	
 
 	•	 	Cintas Fire Protection contracts, fire sprinkler inspections, dated 10.28.11, 60 days’ notice for termination	
 
 	•	 	Crane Pest Control contract, dated 9.30.2011, 30 days cancellable	
 
 	•	 	Crane Rodent Control contract, dated 1.6.2012, 30 days cancellable	
 
 	•	 	Creative Security contract, dated 10.13.2011, 30 days cancellable	
 
 	•	 	Wil-Cal Lighting Maintenance, dated 9.2.2011, 30 days cancellable	
 
 	•	 	ABM Janitorial Service contract, dated 9.29.2011, 30 days cancellable	
 
 	•	 	Universal Maintenance, parking lot sweeping, dated 10.11.2011, 30 days cancellable	
 
 	•	 	ValleyCrest Landscape Maintenance, dated 9.29.11, 30 days cancellable	
 
 	•	 	Western Allied Mechanical contract, HVAC preventative maintenance, dated 11.16.11, 30 days cancellable	
 
•	 	Structural	
 
 	•	 	Seismic Risk Assessment / PML Report for 1109 McKay Drive by Biggs Cardosa Associates Inc. Dated 3/2/11	
 
 	•	 	Seismic Risk Assessment / PML Report for 1251 McKay Drive by Biggs Cardosa Associates Inc. Dated 3/2/11	
 
 	•	 	Seismic Risk Assessment / PML Report for 1151 McKay Drive by Biggs Cardosa Associates Inc. Dated 3/2/11	
 
 	•	 	Seismic Risk Assessment SEL/SUL Report for 1109 McKay Drive by Biggs Cardosa Associates Inc. Dated 3/2/11	
 
 	•	 	Seismic Risk Assessment SEL/SUL Report for 1151 McKay Drive by Biggs Cardosa Associates Inc. Dated 3/2/11	
 
 	•	 	Seismic Risk Assessment SEL/SUL Report for 1251 McKay Drive by Biggs Cardosa Associates Inc. Dated 3/2/11	

•	 	NXP Post Closure Report, dated November 2011	
 
•	 	Utilities	
 
 	•	 	Utility Usage Summary (2006 – 2010)	
 
 	•	 	PG&E Bills (February 2009 – September 2010)	
 
 	•	 	San Jose Water Company Bills (April 2009 – October 2010)	
 
•	 	JCP Reports, dated 1.12.2012	
 
•	 	Preliminary Title Report, First American Title, dated March 29, 2012	

EXHIBIT C

RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:	  	 	

 	  	 	

 	 	 	
Attn:	 	 
 	  	 	
 	 	 	  	SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER’S USE	
 	 	
Mail Tax Statements to:	  	The undersigned grantor or its agent declares:
Documentary Transfer Tax is shown on a separate sheet attached to this deed and is not a part of the public record.

 	  	 	
 	  	(Signatory of Grantor or agent above)	
 	 	 	
Attn:	 	 
 	  	 	
A.P.N.s 244-19-047, 244-19-032 and 244-19-023
GRANT DEED
FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
McKay Henry, LLC a California limited liability company (“Grantor”)
hereby GRANT(S) to Synaptics Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Grantee”)
that certain real property in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California, as legally described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Property”).
This grant is made subject to all matters of record affecting the Property described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has caused its duly authorized representative to execute this instrument as of the date hereinafter written.

Dated:             , 2012	 	 	 	McKAY HENRY, LLC, a California limited liability company	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	
Mail Tax Statements To: Same as Above

EXHIBIT A TO GRANT DEED
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
All that certain real property situated in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California, described as follows:
PARCEL ONE:
PARCEL B AS SHOWN ON LOT LINE ADJUSTMENT PERMIT NO. AT08-040 AS EVIDENCE BY DOCUMENT RECORDED OCT 24, 2008 AS DOCUMENT NO. 20027580 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
BEING ALL OF PARCEL 2 AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD ON JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS.
TOGETHER WITH THE FOLLOWING PARCEL:
THAT PORTION OF PARCEL 1 AS SHOWN ON THAT PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD ON JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
BEGINNING AT THE MOST EASTERLY CORNER OF SAID PARCEL 1;
THENCE ALONG THE GENERAL NORTHEAST LINE OF SAID PARCEL 1, THE FOLLOWING TWO COURSES:
1. NORTH 38° 25’ 33” WEST, 198.05 FEET;
2. SOUTH 51° 34’ 27” WEST, 13.50 FEET TO AN ANGLE POINT IN SAID GENERAL NORTHEAST LINE AND THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;
THENCE ALONG THE SAID GENERAL NORTHEAST LINE, NORTH 38° 25’ 33” WEST, 129.46 FEET TO THE MOST NORTHERLY CORNER OF SAID PARCEL 1;
THENCE ALONG THE NORTHWEST LINE OF SAID PARCEL 1, SOUTH 51° 34’ 27” WEST, 13.42 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID NORTHWEST LINE, SOUTH 38° 25’ 33” EAST, 30.65 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 51° 34’ 27” WEST, 13.33 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 38° 25’ 33” EAST, 98.81 FEET;
THENCE NORTH 51° 34’ 27” EAST, 26.75 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING.
PARCEL TWO:
PARCEL 3, AS SHOWN ON PARCEL MAP FILED JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, AT PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS.

PARCEL THREE:
AN EASEMENT FOR THE PURPOSES OF SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND STORM WATER DRAINAGE, SAID EASEMENT BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
A PORTION OF PARCEL 2 AS SAID-PARCEL 2 IS SHOWN ON PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD ON JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS AT PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOW:
BEGINNING AT A POINT ON A COMMON BOUNDARY OF SAID PARCEL 2 AND PARCEL 3, SAID POINT LYING S. 38° 25’ 33” E., 63.00 FEET FROM THE NORTHWESTERLY COMMON CORNER OF SAID PARCEL 2 AND PARCEL 3 AS SAID PARCEL 3, COMMON BOUNDARY AND CORNER ARE SHOWN ON SAID MAP.
THENCE, FROM SAID POINT OF BEGINNING, ALONG SAID COMMON BOUNDARY, S. 38° 25’ 33” E. 95.50 FEET.
THENCE, CONTINUING ALONG A COMMON BOUNDARY OF SAID PARCELS 2 AND 3, S. 43° 31’ 46” E., 119.85 FEET TO A LINE DRAWN PARALLEL TO AND DISTANT 10.00 FEET FROM THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF MCKAY DRIVE AS SAID DRIVE IS SHOWN ON SAID MAP.
THENCE, ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE, S. 46° 28’ 14” W., 10.38 FEET.
THENCE, N. 34° 45’ 21” W., 68.02 FEET.
THENCE N. 45° 04’ 40” W., 83.94 FEET.
THENCE, N. 32° 41’ 44” W., 65.05 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.
PARCEL FOUR:
PARCEL 4, AS SHOWN ON PARCEL MAP FILED JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, AT PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS.
APN: 244-19-023 (Affects Parcel Four), 244-19-032 (Affects Parcel Two) and 244-19-047 (Affects Parcel One)

STATE OF CALIFORNIA)
COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA)
On                     before me,                     personally appeared                     , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature                     [Seal]

EXHIBIT C-1
DO NOT RECORD
FILOR REQUESTS
DO NOT RECORD STAMP VALUE
DECLARATION OF TAX DUE: SEPARATE PAPER:
(Revenue and Taxation Code 11932-11933)
NOTE: This Declaration is not a public record
DOCUMENT #                    
Property located in:
 
 	¨	Unincorporated	
 
 	x	City of San Jose	
APNs: 244-19-047, 244-19-032 and 244-19-023
DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX         $                    
 
 	x	Computed on full value	
 
 	¨	Computed on full value less liens or encumbrances remaining at the time of conveyance	
CITY CONVEYANCE TAX         $                    
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Date	 	 	 	 	 	Signature	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Print Name	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	For (Firm Name)	
DO NOT RECORD

EXHIBIT D
ASSIGNMENT OF
WARRANTIES, GUARANTIES AND INTANGIBLE PROPERTY
THIS ASSIGNMENT OF WARRANTIES, GUARANTIES AND INTANGIBLE PROPERTY (the “Assignment”) dated as of         , 2012, is between McKay Henry, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Assignor”), and Synaptics Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Assignee”).
A. Assignor owns certain real property and certain improvements thereon located at 1109, 1151 and 1251 McKay Drive, San Jose, California, and more particularly described in attached Exhibit A (the “Property”).
B. Assignor and Assignee are parties to an Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Escrow Instructions dated as of June             , 2012 (the “Agreement”), pursuant to which Assignee agreed to purchase the Property from Assignor and Assignor agreed to sell the Property to Assignee, on the terms and conditions contained therein.
C. Concurrently with the conveyance of the Property to Assignee, Assignor desires to assign to Assignee its interest in certain warranties, guaranties and intangibles, if any, with respect to the Property, and Assignee desires to accept the assignment thereof.
ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. As of the date on which the Property is conveyed to Assignee pursuant to the Agreement (the “Conveyance Date”), Assignor hereby assigns, to the extent assignable, all of its right, title and interest, if any, in and to the following:
(a) any warranties and guaranties (“Warranties and Guaranties”) made by or received from any third party with respect to any improvements owned by Assignor on the Property, which are identified on Schedule 1 attached hereto; and
(b) all Intangible Property (as defined in the Agreement referred to above); provided, however, as to any indemnification, hold harmless and defense rights or causes of action relating to the Property assignable to Assignee hereunder, Assignor shall have and reserve to itself any such rights and benefits as are necessary in defense of or in connection with any claims, actions or proceedings against Assignor for which indemnity, hold harmless or defense rights is available.
2. In the event of any litigation between Assignor and Assignee arising out of the obligations of Assignor under this Assignment or concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision contained herein, the losing party shall pay the prevailing party’s costs and expenses of such litigation, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.
3. This Assignment shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
4. This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have executed this Assignment as of the day and year first above written.

ASSIGNOR:	
 	
McKAY HENRY, LLC, a California limited liability company	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	
 	
ASSIGNEE:	
 	
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	

EXHIBIT A TO ASSIGNMENT OF WARRANTIES,
GUARANTIES AND INTANGIBLE PROPERTY
All that certain real property situated in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California, described as follows:
PARCEL ONE:
PARCEL B AS SHOWN ON LOT LINE ADJUSTMENT PERMIT NO. AT08-040 AS EVIDENCE BY DOCUMENT RECORDED OCT 24, 2008 AS DOCUMENT NO. 20027580 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
BEING ALL OF PARCEL 2 AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD ON JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS.
TOGETHER WITH THE FOLLOWING PARCEL:
THAT PORTION OF PARCEL 1 AS SHOWN ON THAT PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD ON JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
BEGINNING AT THE MOST EASTERLY CORNER OF SAID PARCEL 1;
THENCE ALONG THE GENERAL NORTHEAST LINE OF SAID PARCEL 1, THE FOLLOWING TWO COURSES:
1. NORTH 38° 25’ 33” WEST, 198.05 FEET;
2. SOUTH 51° 34’ 27” WEST, 13.50 FEET TO AN ANGLE POINT IN SAID GENERAL NORTHEAST LINE AND THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;
THENCE ALONG THE SAID GENERAL NORTHEAST LINE, NORTH 38° 25’ 33” WEST, 129.46 FEET TO THE MOST NORTHERLY CORNER OF SAID PARCEL 1;
THENCE ALONG THE NORTHWEST LINE OF SAID PARCEL 1, SOUTH 51° 34’ 27” WEST, 13.42 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID NORTHWEST LINE, SOUTH 38° 25’ 33” EAST, 30.65 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 51° 34’ 27” WEST, 13.33 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 38° 25’ 33” EAST, 98.81 FEET;
THENCE NORTH 51° 34’ 27” EAST, 26.75 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING.
PARCEL TWO:
PARCEL 3, AS SHOWN ON PARCEL MAP FILED JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, AT PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS.
PARCEL THREE:
AN EASEMENT FOR THE PURPOSES OF SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND STORM WATER DRAINAGE, SAID EASEMENT BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

A PORTION OF PARCEL 2 AS SAID-PARCEL 2 IS SHOWN ON PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD ON JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS AT PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOW:
BEGINNING AT A POINT ON A COMMON BOUNDARY OF SAID PARCEL 2 AND PARCEL 3, SAID POINT LYING S. 38° 25’ 33” E., 63.00 FEET FROM THE NORTHWESTERLY COMMON CORNER OF SAID PARCEL 2 AND PARCEL 3 AS SAID PARCEL 3, COMMON BOUNDARY AND CORNER ARE SHOWN ON SAID MAP.
THENCE, FROM SAID POINT OF BEGINNING, ALONG SAID COMMON BOUNDARY, S. 38° 25’ 33” E. 95.50 FEET.
THENCE, CONTINUING ALONG A COMMON BOUNDARY OF SAID PARCELS 2 AND 3, S. 43° 31’ 46” E., 119.85 FEET TO A LINE DRAWN PARALLEL TO AND DISTANT 10.00 FEET FROM THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF MCKAY DRIVE AS SAID DRIVE IS SHOWN ON SAID MAP.
THENCE, ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE, S. 46° 28’ 14” W., 10.38 FEET.
THENCE, N. 34° 45’ 21” W., 68.02 FEET.
THENCE N. 45° 04’ 40” W., 83.94 FEET.
THENCE, N. 32° 41’ 44” W., 65.05 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.
PARCEL FOUR:
PARCEL 4, AS SHOWN ON PARCEL MAP FILED JULY 28, 1983 IN BOOK 515 OF MAPS, AT PAGE 25, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS.
APN: 244-19-023 (Affects Parcel Four), 244-19-032 (Affects Parcel Two) and 244-19-047 (Affects Parcel One)

SCHEDULE 1 TO ASSIGNMENT OF WARRANTIES, GUARANTIES AND
INTANGIBLE PROPERTY
NONE

EXHIBIT E
FIRPTA CERTIFICATE
Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) provides that a transferee of a U.S. real property interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person. To inform SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Transferee”) that withholding of tax is not required upon the disposition of a U.S. real property interest by McKAY HENRY, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Transferor”), the undersigned hereby certifies to Transferee the following on behalf of Transferor:
1. Transferor is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate (as those terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code and Income Tax Regulations);
2. Transferor is not a disregarded entity as defined in § 1.1445-2(b)(2)(ii) of the IRC.
3. Transferor’s U.S. employer identification number is 27-4794990; and
4. Transferor’s office address is c/o South Bay Development Company, 1690 Dell Avenue, Campbell, CA 95008.
Transferor understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by Transferee and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
Under penalties of perjury I declare that I have examined this certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct and complete, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document on behalf of Transferor.

Dated as of         , 2012.	 	 	 	McKay HENRY, LLC, a California limited liability company	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	

EXHIBIT F

 	 	
        YEAR        	  	        CALIFORNIA FORM        	

2012	  	Real Estate Withholding Certificate	  	593-C	

Part I – Seller’s Information	  	 	  	Return this form to your escrow company.	
Name
McKay Henry, LLC	  	 	  	 	  	SSN or ITIN	  	 	  	 	
Spouse’s/RDP’s name (if jointly owned)	  	 	  	 	  	Spouse’s/RDP’s SSN or ITIN (if jointly owned)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Address (suite, room, PO Box, or PMB no.)	  	 	  	x  FEIN	  	¨  CA Corp no.	  	 	  	¨  SOS file no.	
1690 Dell Avenue	  	 	  	 	  	27-4794990	  	 	  	 	  	 	
City
Campbell	  	State

CA	  	ZIP Code

95008	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	Ownership Percentage

100%	
Property address (if no street address, provide parcel number and county)
1109, 1151 and 1251 McKay Drive, San Jose, CA	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	
To determine whether you qualify for a full or partial withholding exemption, check all boxes that apply to the property being sold or transferred.  (See line-by-line notes in the Instructions)
Part II – Certifications which fully exempt the sale from withholding:

 	 	 	    1.	  	  	¨	  	The property qualifies as the seller’s (or decedent’s, if sold by the decedent’s estate) principal residence within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 121.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    2.	  	  	¨	  	The seller (or decedent, if sold by the decedent’s estate) last used the property as the seller’s (decedent’s) principal residence within the meaning of IRC Section 121 without regard to the two-year time period.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    3.	  	  	¨	  	The seller has a loss or zero gain for California income tax purposes on this sale. To check this box you must complete Form 593-E, Real Estate Withholding-Computation of Estimated Gain or Loss, and have a loss or zero gain on line 16.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    4.	  	  	¨	  	The property is being compulsorily or involuntarily converted and the seller intends to acquire property that is similar or related in service or use to qualify for nonrecognition of gain for California income tax purposes under IRC Section 1033.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    5.	  	  	¨	  	The transfer qualifies for nonrecognition treatment under IRC Section 351 (transfer to a corporation controlled by the transferor) or IRC Section 721 (contribution to a partnership in exchange for a partnership interest).	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    6.	  	  	¨	  	The seller is a corporation (or a limited liability company (LLC) classified as a corporation for federal and California income tax purposes) that is either qualified through the California Secretary of State (SOS) or has a permanent place of business in California.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    7.	  	  	x	  	The seller is a California partnership, or qualified to do business in California (or an LLC that is classified as a partnership for federal and California income tax purposes and is not a single member LLC) that is not disregarded for federal and California income tax purposes. If this box is checked, the partnership or LLC must still withhold on nonresident partners or members.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    8.	  	  	¨	  	The seller is a tax-exempt entity under California or federal law.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    9.	  	  	¨	  	The seller is an insurance company, individual retirement account, qualified pension/profit sharing plan, or charitable remainder trust.	
 	
Part III – Certifications that may partially or fully exempt the sale from withholding:	
 	
Real Estate Escrow Person (REEP): See instructions for amounts to withhold.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    10.	  	  	¨	  	The transfer qualifies as a simultaneous like-kind exchange within the meaning of IRC Section 1031.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    11.	  	  	¨	  	The transfer qualifies as a deferred like-kind exchange within the meaning of IRC Section 1031.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	    12.	  	  	¨	  	The transfer of this property is an installment sale where the buyer is required to withhold on the principal portion of each installment payment. Copies of Form 593-I, Real Estate Withholding Sale Acknowledgement, and the promissory note are attached.	
Part IV – Seller’s Signature
 
Under penalties of perjury, I hereby certify that the information provided above is, to the best of my knowledge, true and correct. If conditions change, I will promptly inform the withholding agent. I understand that the Franchise Tax Board may review relevant escrow documents to ensure withholding compliance and that completing this form does not exempt me from filing a California income or franchise tax return to report this sale.

Seller’s Name and Title	  	McKay Henry, LLC	  	Seller’s Signature	  	See signature page attached	  	Date	  	        , 2012	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Spouse’s/RDP’s Name	  	 	  	Spouse’s/RDP’s Signature	  	 	  	Date	  	 	
 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	
Please verify that the SSN or ITIN listed above in Part I of this form is correct.

Seller:	If you checked any box in Part II , you are exempt from real estate withholding.	
If you checked any box in Part III, you may qualify for a partial or complete withholding exemption.
If you did not check any box in Part II or Part III, the withholding will be 3 1/3% (0.333) of the total sales price or the optional gain on sale withholding amount certified by seller on Form 593, Real Estate Withholding Tax Statement.
If you are withheld upon, the withholding agent should give you one copy of Form 593. Attach a copy to the lower front of your California income tax return and make a copy for your records.
Keep Form 593-C for five years following the close of the transaction. You must furnish the form to the Franchise Tax Board upon request.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For Privacy Notice, get form FTB 1131.	 	 	 	 	 	 7131113    	 	 	 	 	 	Form 593-C C2 2010	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	SIGNATURE PAGE	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	McKAY HENRY, LLC, a California limited liability company	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	

EXHIBIT G
BILL OF SALE
THIS BILL OF SALE (“Bill of Sale”) is made this             day of             , 2012, by McKAY HENRY, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Seller”), in favor of SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, Seller and Buyer are parties to that certain Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Escrow Instructions dated as of June             , 2012, as the same may be amended (the “Agreement”) with respect to the sale of certain Property identified therein. (Any capitalized term used, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement)
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Seller does hereby absolutely and unconditionally give, grant, bargain, sell, transfer, set over, assign, convey, release, confirm and deliver to Buyer, effective as of the Closing under the Agreement, all of Seller’s right, title and interest, if any, in the Personal Property referred to in Section 1.1(d) of the Agreement, without representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever except as set forth in and subject to the terms of the Agreement.
WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS TRANSFERRED HEREUNDER, SELLER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS A WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND WARRANTY FOR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED THAT MAY ARISE BY OPERATION OF LAW OR UNDER THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE FOR THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED (OR ANY OTHER STATE).
This Bill of Sale shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of Buyer and Seller.
This Bill of Sale shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed and enforceable in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Bill of Sale as of the day and year first written above.

McKAY HENRY, LLC, a California limited liability company	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
Name:	 	 	
Title:	 	 	

Exhibit 10.30(a)
FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT OF PURCHASE AND SALE
AND ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT OF PURCHASE AND SALE AND ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS (“First Amendment”), dated as of July 2, 2012, is made and entered into by and between McKAY HENRY, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Seller”), and SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”).
RECITALS
A. Seller and Buyer are parties to that certain Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Escrow Instructions dated April 19, 2012 (the “Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which Seller agreed to sell, and Buyer agreed to purchase, the Property described in the Purchase Agreement, including, without limitation, that certain real property, consisting of approximately seven and eighty-four hundredths (7.84) acres of land, located at 1109, 1151 and 1251 McKay Drive in the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California (APNs 244-19-047, 244-19-032 and 244-19-023), which is the subject of First American Title Insurance Company’s Escrow No. NCS-549396-SC.
B. Seller and Buyer now desire to amend the Purchase Agreement to provide for a reduced Purchase Price for the Property referred to above if the Closing occurs, including the Deed referred to in the Purchase Agreement records, on Friday, July 6, 2012.
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Buyer and Seller hereby agree as follows:
1. Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used herein and in the Recitals of this First Amendment but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms as set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
2. Reduced Purchase Price. The Purchase Price to be paid by Buyer to Seller for the Property shall be reduced to Eleven Million Eight Hundred Forty-nine Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty and 00/100 Dollars ($11,849,760.00) if the Closing occurs, including the Deed is recorded in the Official Records of Santa Clara County, on Friday, July 6, 2012.
(a) If, for any reason, the Closing, including recordation of the Deed in the Official Records of Santa Clara County, does not occur on or before July 6, 2012, , then (i) the provisions of Paragraph 2 above shall be void and of no further force or effect, (ii) neither Seller nor Buyer shall be in default under the Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, solely because the Closing did not occur and/or the Deed did not record on July 6, 2012, (iii) the Purchase Agreement shall remain in effect without regard to Paragraph 2 above and (iv) the Purchase Price for the Property shall be Twelve Million Ninety-nine Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty and 00/100 Dollars ($12,099,760.00).

3. Reaffirmation of Purchase Agreement. Buyer and Seller acknowledge and agree that the Purchase Agreement, as modified by this First Amendment, is hereby reaffirmed, ratified and confirmed in its entirety, and remains in full force and effect. Except as modified by this First Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Purchase Agreement shall remain unchanged. If there is any conflict between the terms and provisions of the Purchase Agreement and this First Amendment, the terms and provisions of this First Amendment shall control and prevail. 
4. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that facsimile signatures or signatures transmitted by electronic mail in so-called “pdf” format shall be legal and binding and shall have the same full force and effect as if an original of this First Amendment had been delivered. Seller and Buyer (i) intend to be bound by the signatures on any document sent by facsimile or electronic mail, (ii) are aware that the other party will rely on such signatures, and (iii) hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this First Amendment based on the foregoing forms of signatures.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment as of the date first written above.

SELLER:	
 	
McKAY HENRY, LLC, a California limited
liability company	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Scott R. Trobbe	
 	 	 	
Name:	 	Scott R. Trobbe	
Title:	 	Authorized Signatory	
 	
BUYER:	
 	
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED, a Delaware
corporation	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Kathleen A. Bayless	
 	 	 	
Name:	 	Kathleen A. Bayless	
Title:	 	SVP CFO	
 
2

Exhibit 21
List of Subsidiaries

NAME	  	STATE OR JURISDICTION
OF ORGANIZATION	
Pacinian Corporation	  	Delaware	
 	 	
Synaptics International, Inc.	  	California	
 	 	
Synaptics Hong Kong Limited	  	Hong Kong	
 	 	
Synaptics Europe Sarl	  	Switzerland	
 	 	
Synaptics Holding GmbH	  	Switzerland	
 	 	
Synaptics LLC	  	Delaware	
 	 	
Synaptics Technology (Shanghai) Company Limited	  	China	
 	 	
Synaptics Japan (K.K.) Limited	  	Japan	
 	 	
Synaptics Canada Limited	  	Canada	

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Synaptics Incorporated:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-81820, 333-99529, 333-146145, 333-170400, and 333-170401) on Form S-8 and (No. 333-115274) on Form S-4 of Synaptics Incorporated of our report dated August 24, 2012, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Synaptics Incorporated and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2012 and June 25, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2012, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2012, which report appears in the June 30, 2012 annual report on Form 10-K of Synaptics Incorporated.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Santa Clara, California
August 24, 2012

Exhibit 31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
I, Richard A. Bergman, certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Synaptics Incorporated;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: August 24, 2012

 	
/s/ Richard A. Bergman	
Richard A. Bergman	
Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
I, Kathleen A. Bayless, certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Synaptics Incorporated;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: August 24, 2012

 	
/s/ Kathleen A. Bayless	
Kathleen A. Bayless	
Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 32.1
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Synaptics Incorporated (the “Company”) for the year ended June 30, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Richard A. Bergman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge and belief, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
 	(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and	
 
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	

 	
/s/ Richard A. Bergman	
Richard A. Bergman
Chief Executive Officer	
August 24, 2012	

Exhibit 32.2
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Synaptics Incorporated (the “Company”) for the year ended June 30, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Kathleen A. Bayless, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, and Treasurer of the Company, certify, to the best of my knowledge and belief, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
 	(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and	
 
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	

 	
/s/ Kathleen A. Bayless	
Kathleen A. Bayless
Chief Financial Officer
August 24, 2012